Browse Source

MdePkg: Clean up source files

1. Do not use tab characters
2. No trailing white space in one line
3. All files must end with CRLF

Contributed-under: TianoCore Contribution Agreement 1.1
Signed-off-by: Liming Gao <liming.gao@intel.com>
Liming Gao 6 years ago
parent
commit
9095d37b8f
100 changed files with 2006 additions and 2006 deletions
  1. 4 4
      MdePkg/Include/Base.h
  2. 11 11
      MdePkg/Include/Ebc/ProcessorBind.h
  3. 8 8
      MdePkg/Include/Guid/Acpi.h
  4. 8 8
      MdePkg/Include/Guid/Apriori.h
  5. 9 9
      MdePkg/Include/Guid/AprioriFileName.h
  6. 4 4
      MdePkg/Include/Guid/CapsuleReport.h
  7. 8 8
      MdePkg/Include/Guid/DebugImageInfoTable.h
  8. 8 8
      MdePkg/Include/Guid/DxeServices.h
  9. 8 8
      MdePkg/Include/Guid/EventGroup.h
  10. 9 9
      MdePkg/Include/Guid/EventLegacyBios.h
  11. 7 7
      MdePkg/Include/Guid/FileInfo.h
  12. 7 7
      MdePkg/Include/Guid/FileSystemInfo.h
  13. 8 8
      MdePkg/Include/Guid/FileSystemVolumeLabelInfo.h
  14. 8 8
      MdePkg/Include/Guid/FirmwareContentsSigned.h
  15. 13 13
      MdePkg/Include/Guid/FirmwareFileSystem2.h
  16. 8 8
      MdePkg/Include/Guid/FirmwareFileSystem3.h
  17. 7 7
      MdePkg/Include/Guid/GlobalVariable.h
  18. 9 9
      MdePkg/Include/Guid/Gpt.h
  19. 7 7
      MdePkg/Include/Guid/HiiFormMapMethodGuid.h
  20. 9 9
      MdePkg/Include/Guid/HiiKeyBoardLayout.h
  21. 8 8
      MdePkg/Include/Guid/HiiPlatformSetupFormset.h
  22. 8 8
      MdePkg/Include/Guid/HobList.h
  23. 2 2
      MdePkg/Include/Guid/ImageAuthentication.h
  24. 2 2
      MdePkg/Include/Guid/MdePkgTokenSpace.h
  25. 8 8
      MdePkg/Include/Guid/MemoryAllocationHob.h
  26. 17 17
      MdePkg/Include/Guid/MemoryOverwriteControl.h
  27. 8 8
      MdePkg/Include/Guid/Mps.h
  28. 8 8
      MdePkg/Include/Guid/PcAnsi.h
  29. 8 8
      MdePkg/Include/Guid/SalSystemTable.h
  30. 8 8
      MdePkg/Include/Guid/SmBios.h
  31. 79 79
      MdePkg/Include/Guid/StatusCodeDataTypeId.h
  32. 8 8
      MdePkg/Include/Guid/VectorHandoffTable.h
  33. 20 20
      MdePkg/Include/Ia32/ProcessorBind.h
  34. 10 10
      MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/Acpi10.h
  35. 10 10
      MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/Acpi20.h
  36. 11 11
      MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/Acpi30.h
  37. 11 11
      MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/Acpi40.h
  38. 12 12
      MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/Acpi50.h
  39. 12 12
      MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/Acpi51.h
  40. 12 12
      MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/Acpi60.h
  41. 12 12
      MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/Acpi61.h
  42. 10 10
      MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/AlertStandardFormatTable.h
  43. 166 166
      MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/Atapi.h
  44. 3 3
      MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/DebugPort2Table.h
  45. 3 3
      MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/DebugPortTable.h
  46. 27 27
      MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/ElTorito.h
  47. 8 8
      MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/HighPrecisionEventTimerTable.h
  48. 3 3
      MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/Hsti.h
  49. 65 65
      MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/Http11.h
  50. 13 13
      MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/IScsiBootFirmwareTable.h
  51. 10 10
      MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/LegacyBiosMpTable.h
  52. 7 7
      MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/Mbr.h
  53. 11 11
      MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/MemoryMappedConfigurationSpaceAccessTable.h
  54. 2 2
      MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/MemoryOverwriteRequestControlLock.h
  55. 14 14
      MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/Pal.h
  56. 7 7
      MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/Pci.h
  57. 47 47
      MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/Pci22.h
  58. 9 9
      MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/Pci23.h
  59. 8 8
      MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/Pci30.h
  60. 7 7
      MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/PciCodeId.h
  61. 9 9
      MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/PciExpress21.h
  62. 8 8
      MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/PciExpress30.h
  63. 21 21
      MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/PeImage.h
  64. 19 19
      MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/Sal.h
  65. 10 10
      MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/Scsi.h
  66. 8 8
      MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/SerialPortConsoleRedirectionTable.h
  67. 155 155
      MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/SmBios.h
  68. 7 7
      MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/SmBus.h
  69. 6 6
      MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/TcgPhysicalPresence.h
  70. 2 2
      MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/Tls1.h
  71. 13 13
      MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/Tpm12.h
  72. 1 1
      MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/TpmPtp.h
  73. 2 2
      MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/UefiTcgPlatform.h
  74. 10 10
      MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/WatchdogActionTable.h
  75. 8 8
      MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/WatchdogResourceTable.h
  76. 2 2
      MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/WindowsSmmSecurityMitigationTable.h
  77. 2 2
      MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/WindowsUxCapsule.h
  78. 9 9
      MdePkg/Include/Ipf/ProcessorBind.h
  79. 147 147
      MdePkg/Include/Library/BaseLib.h
  80. 23 23
      MdePkg/Include/Library/BaseMemoryLib.h
  81. 3 3
      MdePkg/Include/Library/CacheMaintenanceLib.h
  82. 2 2
      MdePkg/Include/Library/CpuLib.h
  83. 85 85
      MdePkg/Include/Library/DebugLib.h
  84. 3 3
      MdePkg/Include/Library/DebugPrintErrorLevelLib.h
  85. 44 44
      MdePkg/Include/Library/DevicePathLib.h
  86. 9 9
      MdePkg/Include/Library/DxeCoreEntryPoint.h
  87. 89 89
      MdePkg/Include/Library/DxeServicesLib.h
  88. 9 9
      MdePkg/Include/Library/DxeServicesTableLib.h
  89. 26 26
      MdePkg/Include/Library/ExtendedSalLib.h
  90. 47 47
      MdePkg/Include/Library/ExtractGuidedSectionLib.h
  91. 9 9
      MdePkg/Include/Library/FileHandleLib.h
  92. 2 2
      MdePkg/Include/Library/HobLib.h
  93. 63 63
      MdePkg/Include/Library/IoLib.h
  94. 38 38
      MdePkg/Include/Library/MemoryAllocationLib.h
  95. 11 11
      MdePkg/Include/Library/PalLib.h
  96. 201 201
      MdePkg/Include/Library/PcdLib.h
  97. 10 10
      MdePkg/Include/Library/PciCf8Lib.h
  98. 9 9
      MdePkg/Include/Library/PciExpressLib.h
  99. 15 15
      MdePkg/Include/Library/PciLib.h
  100. 15 15
      MdePkg/Include/Library/PciSegmentLib.h

+ 4 - 4
MdePkg/Include/Base.h

@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
   environment. There are a set of base libraries in the Mde Package that can
   be used to implement base modules.
 
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
 Portions copyright (c) 2008 - 2009, Apple Inc. All rights reserved.<BR>
 This program and the accompanying materials
 are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
@@ -65,8 +65,8 @@ VERIFY_SIZE_OF (CHAR16, 2);
 
 //
 // The following three enum types are used to verify that the compiler
-// configuration for enum types is compliant with Section 2.3.1 of the 
-// UEFI 2.3 Specification. These enum types and enum values are not 
+// configuration for enum types is compliant with Section 2.3.1 of the
+// UEFI 2.3 Specification. These enum types and enum values are not
 // intended to be used. A prefix of '__' is used avoid conflicts with
 // other types.
 //
@@ -785,7 +785,7 @@ typedef CHAR8 *VA_LIST;
 
   This macro initializes Dest as a copy of Start, as if the VA_START macro had been applied to Dest
   followed by the same sequence of uses of the VA_ARG macro as had previously been used to reach
-  the present state of Start. 
+  the present state of Start.
 
   @param   Dest   VA_LIST used to traverse the list of arguments.
   @param   Start  VA_LIST used to traverse the list of arguments.

+ 11 - 11
MdePkg/Include/Ebc/ProcessorBind.h

@@ -4,14 +4,14 @@
   We currently only have one EBC compiler so there may be some Intel compiler
   specific functions in this file.
 
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available under 
-the terms and conditions of the BSD License that accompanies this distribution.  
+Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available under
+the terms and conditions of the BSD License that accompanies this distribution.
 The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.                                          
-    
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,                     
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.             
+http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.
+
+THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
 
 **/
 
@@ -135,14 +135,14 @@ typedef unsigned long         UINTN;
   /// If EFIAPI is already defined, then we use that definition.
   ///
 #else
-#define EFIAPI    
+#define EFIAPI
 #endif
 
 /**
   Return the pointer to the first instruction of a function given a function pointer.
-  On EBC architectures, these two pointer values are the same, 
+  On EBC architectures, these two pointer values are the same,
   so the implementation of this macro is very simple.
-  
+
   @param  FunctionPointer   A pointer to a function.
 
   @return The pointer to the first instruction of a function given a function pointer.
@@ -153,5 +153,5 @@ typedef unsigned long         UINTN;
 #define __USER_LABEL_PREFIX__
 #endif
 
-#endif 
+#endif
 

+ 8 - 8
MdePkg/Include/Guid/Acpi.h

@@ -2,17 +2,17 @@
   GUIDs used for ACPI entries in the EFI system table
 
   These GUIDs point the ACPI tables as defined in the ACPI specifications.
-  ACPI 2.0 specification defines the ACPI 2.0 GUID. UEFI 2.0 defines the 
+  ACPI 2.0 specification defines the ACPI 2.0 GUID. UEFI 2.0 defines the
   ACPI 2.0 Table GUID and ACPI Table GUID.
 
-  Copyright (c) 2006 - 2009, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-  This program and the accompanying materials                          
-  are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License         
-  which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at        
-  http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php                                            
+  Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+  This program and the accompanying materials
+  are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+  which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at
+  http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
 
-  THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,                     
-  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.             
+  THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
 
   @par Revision Reference:
   GUIDs defined in UEFI 2.0 spec.

+ 8 - 8
MdePkg/Include/Guid/Apriori.h

@@ -3,14 +3,14 @@
   list of FV filenames that the DXE dispatcher will schedule reguardless of
   the dependency grammar.
 
-  Copyright (c) 2006 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-  This program and the accompanying materials                          
-  are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License         
-  which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at        
-  http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php                                            
-
-  THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,                     
-  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.             
+  Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+  This program and the accompanying materials
+  are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+  which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at
+  http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
+
+  THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
 
   @par Revision Reference:
   GUID introduced in PI Version 1.0.

+ 9 - 9
MdePkg/Include/Guid/AprioriFileName.h

@@ -3,14 +3,14 @@
   name of the PEI a priori file that is stored in a firmware
   volume.
 
-  Copyright (c) 2006 - 2009, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-  This program and the accompanying materials                          
-  are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License         
-  which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at        
-  http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php                                            
+  Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+  This program and the accompanying materials
+  are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+  which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at
+  http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
 
-  THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,                     
-  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.             
+  THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
 
   @par Revision Reference:
   GUID introduced in PI Version 1.0.
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
   { 0x1b45cc0a, 0x156a, 0x428a, { 0x62, 0XAF, 0x49, 0x86, 0x4d, 0xa0, 0xe6, 0xe6 } }
 
 
-///   
+///
 ///  This file must be of type EFI_FV_FILETYPE_FREEFORM and must
 ///  contain a single section of type EFI_SECTION_RAW. For details on
 ///  firmware volumes, firmware file types, and firmware file section
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
 typedef struct {
   ///
   /// An array of zero or more EFI_GUID type entries that match the file names of PEIM
-  /// modules in the same Firmware Volume. The maximum number of entries. 
+  /// modules in the same Firmware Volume. The maximum number of entries.
   ///
   EFI_GUID  FileNamesWithinVolume[1];
 } PEI_APRIORI_FILE_CONTENTS;

+ 4 - 4
MdePkg/Include/Guid/CapsuleReport.h

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /** @file
   Guid & data structure used for Capsule process result variables
-  
-  Copyright (c) 2015, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+
+  Copyright (c) 2015 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
   This program and the accompanying materials
   are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
   which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -84,14 +84,14 @@ typedef struct {
 
   ///
   /// In case of capsule loaded from disk, the zero-terminated array containing file name of capsule that was processed.
-  /// In case of capsule submitted directly to UpdateCapsule() there is no file name, and this field is required to contain a single 16-bit zero character 
+  /// In case of capsule submitted directly to UpdateCapsule() there is no file name, and this field is required to contain a single 16-bit zero character
   ///  which is included in VariableTotalSize.
   ///
   /// CHAR16 CapsuleFileName[];
   ///
 
   ///
-  /// This field will contain a zero-terminated CHAR16 string containing the text representation of the device path of device publishing Firmware Management Protocol  
+  /// This field will contain a zero-terminated CHAR16 string containing the text representation of the device path of device publishing Firmware Management Protocol
   /// (if present). In case where device path is not present and the target is not otherwise known to firmware, or when payload was blocked by policy, or skipped,
   /// this field is required to contain a single 16-bit zero character which is included in VariableTotalSize.
   ///

+ 8 - 8
MdePkg/Include/Guid/DebugImageInfoTable.h

@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
 /** @file
   GUID and related data structures used with the Debug Image Info Table.
 
-  Copyright (c) 2006 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-  This program and the accompanying materials                          
-  are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License         
-  which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at        
-  http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php                                            
+  Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+  This program and the accompanying materials
+  are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+  which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at
+  http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
 
-  THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,                     
-  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.             
+  THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
 
   @par Revision Reference:
   GUID defined in UEFI 2.0 spec.
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
 
 typedef struct {
   UINT64                Signature;          ///< A constant UINT64 that has the value EFI_SYSTEM_TABLE_SIGNATURE
-  EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS  EfiSystemTableBase; ///< The physical address of the EFI system table. 
+  EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS  EfiSystemTableBase; ///< The physical address of the EFI system table.
   UINT32                Crc32;              ///< A 32-bit CRC value that is used to verify the EFI_SYSTEM_TABLE_POINTER structure is valid.
 } EFI_SYSTEM_TABLE_POINTER;
 

+ 8 - 8
MdePkg/Include/Guid/DxeServices.h

@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
 /** @file
   GUID used to identify the DXE Services Table
 
-  Copyright (c) 2006 - 2009, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-  This program and the accompanying materials                          
-  are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License         
-  which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at        
-  http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php                                            
-
-  THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,                     
-  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.             
+  Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+  This program and the accompanying materials
+  are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+  which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at
+  http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
+
+  THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
 
   @par Revision Reference:
   GUID introduced in PI Version 1.0.

+ 8 - 8
MdePkg/Include/Guid/EventGroup.h

@@ -1,21 +1,21 @@
 /** @file
   GUIDs for gBS->CreateEventEx Event Groups. Defined in UEFI spec 2.0 and PI 1.2.1.
 
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2012, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available under 
-the terms and conditions of the BSD License that accompanies this distribution.  
+Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available under
+the terms and conditions of the BSD License that accompanies this distribution.
 The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.                                          
-    
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,                     
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.             
+http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.
+
+THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
 
 **/
 
 #ifndef __EVENT_GROUP_GUID__
 #define __EVENT_GROUP_GUID__
 
-                                             
+
 #define EFI_EVENT_GROUP_EXIT_BOOT_SERVICES \
   { 0x27abf055, 0xb1b8, 0x4c26, { 0x80, 0x48, 0x74, 0x8f, 0x37, 0xba, 0xa2, 0xdf } }
 

+ 9 - 9
MdePkg/Include/Guid/EventLegacyBios.h

@@ -1,16 +1,16 @@
 /** @file
-  GUID is the name of events used with CreateEventEx in order to be notified 
+  GUID is the name of events used with CreateEventEx in order to be notified
   when the EFI boot manager is about to boot a legacy boot option.
-  Events of this type are notificated just before Int19h is invoked. 
+  Events of this type are notificated just before Int19h is invoked.
 
-  Copyright (c) 2006 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-  This program and the accompanying materials                          
-  are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License         
-  which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at        
-  http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php                                            
+  Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+  This program and the accompanying materials
+  are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+  which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at
+  http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
 
-  THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,                     
-  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.             
+  THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
 
   @par Revision Reference:
   GUID introduced in PI Version 1.0.

+ 7 - 7
MdePkg/Include/Guid/FileInfo.h

@@ -3,14 +3,14 @@
   and EFI_FILE_PROTOCOL.GetInfo() to set or get generic file information.
   This GUID is defined in UEFI specification.
 
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2010, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available under 
-the terms and conditions of the BSD License that accompanies this distribution.  
+Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available under
+the terms and conditions of the BSD License that accompanies this distribution.
 The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.                                          
-    
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,                     
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.             
+http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.
+
+THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
 
 **/
 

+ 7 - 7
MdePkg/Include/Guid/FileSystemInfo.h

@@ -3,14 +3,14 @@
   or EFI_FILE_PROTOCOL.SetInfo() to get or set information about the system's volume.
   This GUID is defined in UEFI specification.
 
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2010, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available under 
-the terms and conditions of the BSD License that accompanies this distribution.  
+Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available under
+the terms and conditions of the BSD License that accompanies this distribution.
 The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.                                          
-    
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,                     
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.                                                        
+http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.
+
+THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
 
 **/
 

+ 8 - 8
MdePkg/Include/Guid/FileSystemVolumeLabelInfo.h

@@ -3,14 +3,14 @@
   or EFI_FILE_PROTOCOL.SetInfo() to get or set the system's volume label.
   This GUID is defined in UEFI specification.
 
-  Copyright (c) 2006 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-  This program and the accompanying materials                          
-  are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License         
-  which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at        
-  http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php                                            
-
-  THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,                     
-  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.             
+  Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+  This program and the accompanying materials
+  are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+  which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at
+  http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
+
+  THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
 
 **/
 

+ 8 - 8
MdePkg/Include/Guid/FirmwareContentsSigned.h

@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
 /** @file
   GUID is used to define the signed section.
 
-  Copyright (c) 2013, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-  This program and the accompanying materials                          
-  are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License         
-  which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at        
-  http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php                                            
-
-  THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,                     
-  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.             
+  Copyright (c) 2013 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+  This program and the accompanying materials
+  are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+  which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at
+  http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
+
+  THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
 
   @par Revision Reference:
   GUID introduced in PI Version 1.2.1.

+ 13 - 13
MdePkg/Include/Guid/FirmwareFileSystem2.h

@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
 /** @file
   Guid used to define the Firmware File System 2.
 
-  Copyright (c) 2006 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-  This program and the accompanying materials                          
-  are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License         
-  which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at        
-  http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php                                            
+  Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+  This program and the accompanying materials
+  are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+  which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at
+  http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
 
-  THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,                     
-  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.             
+  THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
 
   @par Revision Reference:
   GUIDs introduced in PI Version 1.0.
@@ -18,18 +18,18 @@
 #ifndef __FIRMWARE_FILE_SYSTEM2_GUID_H__
 #define __FIRMWARE_FILE_SYSTEM2_GUID_H__
 
-/// 
-/// The firmware volume header contains a data field for 
+///
+/// The firmware volume header contains a data field for
 /// the file system GUID
-/// 
+///
 #define EFI_FIRMWARE_FILE_SYSTEM2_GUID \
   { 0x8c8ce578, 0x8a3d, 0x4f1c, { 0x99, 0x35, 0x89, 0x61, 0x85, 0xc3, 0x2d, 0xd3 } }
 
 ///
-/// A Volume Top File (VTF) is a file that must be 
-/// located such that the last byte of the file is 
+/// A Volume Top File (VTF) is a file that must be
+/// located such that the last byte of the file is
 /// also the last byte of the firmware volume
-/// 
+///
 #define EFI_FFS_VOLUME_TOP_FILE_GUID \
   { 0x1BA0062E, 0xC779, 0x4582, { 0x85, 0x66, 0x33, 0x6A, 0xE8, 0xF7, 0x8F, 0x9 } }
 

+ 8 - 8
MdePkg/Include/Guid/FirmwareFileSystem3.h

@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
 /** @file
   Guid used to define the Firmware File System 3.
 
-  Copyright (c) 2006 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-  This program and the accompanying materials                          
-  are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License         
-  which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at        
-  http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php                                            
+  Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+  This program and the accompanying materials
+  are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+  which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at
+  http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
 
-  THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,                     
-  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.             
+  THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
 
   @par Revision Reference:
   GUIDs introduced in PI Version 1.0.
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
 #ifndef __FIRMWARE_FILE_SYSTEM3_GUID_H__
 #define __FIRMWARE_FILE_SYSTEM3_GUID_H__
 
-/// 
+///
 /// The firmware volume header contains a data field for the file system GUID
 /// {5473C07A-3DCB-4dca-BD6F-1E9689E7349A}
 ///

+ 7 - 7
MdePkg/Include/Guid/GlobalVariable.h

@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
 /** @file
   GUID for EFI (NVRAM) Variables.
 
-  Copyright (c) 2006 - 2016, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-  This program and the accompanying materials                          
-  are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License         
-  which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at        
-  http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php                                            
+  Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+  This program and the accompanying materials
+  are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+  which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at
+  http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
 
-  THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,                     
-  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.             
+  THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
 
   @par Revision Reference:
   GUID defined in UEFI 2.1

+ 9 - 9
MdePkg/Include/Guid/Gpt.h

@@ -1,17 +1,17 @@
 /** @file
   Guids used for the GPT (GUID Partition Table)
 
-  GPT defines a new disk partitioning scheme and also describes 
-  usage of the legacy Master Boot Record (MBR) partitioning scheme. 
+  GPT defines a new disk partitioning scheme and also describes
+  usage of the legacy Master Boot Record (MBR) partitioning scheme.
 
-  Copyright (c) 2006 - 2007, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-  This program and the accompanying materials                          
-  are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License         
-  which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at        
-  http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php                                            
+  Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+  This program and the accompanying materials
+  are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+  which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at
+  http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
 
-  THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,                     
-  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.             
+  THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
 
   @par Revision Reference:
   GUIDs defined in UEFI 2.1 spec.

+ 7 - 7
MdePkg/Include/Guid/HiiFormMapMethodGuid.h

@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
 /** @file
   Guid used to identify HII FormMap configuration method.
 
-  Copyright (c) 2009, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-  This program and the accompanying materials                          
-  are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License         
-  which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at        
-  http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php                                            
+  Copyright (c) 2009 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+  This program and the accompanying materials
+  are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+  which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at
+  http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
 
-  THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,                     
-  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.             
+  THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
 
   @par Revision Reference:
   GUID defined in UEFI 2.2 spec.

+ 9 - 9
MdePkg/Include/Guid/HiiKeyBoardLayout.h

@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 /** @file
 
   HII keyboard layout GUID as defined in UEFI2.1 specification
-  
-  Copyright (c) 2006 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-  This program and the accompanying materials                          
-  are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License         
-  which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at        
-  http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php                                            
-
-  THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,                     
-  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.             
+
+  Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+  This program and the accompanying materials
+  are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+  which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at
+  http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
+
+  THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
 
   @par Revision Reference:
   GUIDs defined in UEFI 2.1 spec.

+ 8 - 8
MdePkg/Include/Guid/HiiPlatformSetupFormset.h

@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 /** @file
-  GUID indicates that the form set contains forms designed to be used 
+  GUID indicates that the form set contains forms designed to be used
   for platform configuration and this form set will be displayed.
 
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2010, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available under 
-the terms and conditions of the BSD License that accompanies this distribution.  
+Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available under
+the terms and conditions of the BSD License that accompanies this distribution.
 The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.                                          
-    
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,                     
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.             
+http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.
+
+THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
 
   @par Revision Reference:
   GUID defined in UEFI 2.1.

+ 8 - 8
MdePkg/Include/Guid/HobList.h

@@ -3,14 +3,14 @@
 
   These GUIDs point the HOB List passed from PEI to DXE.
 
-  Copyright (c) 2006 - 2009, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-  This program and the accompanying materials                          
-  are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License         
-  which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at        
-  http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php                                            
-
-  THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,                     
-  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.             
+  Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+  This program and the accompanying materials
+  are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+  which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at
+  http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
+
+  THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
 
   @par Revision Reference:
   GUID introduced in PI Version 1.0.

+ 2 - 2
MdePkg/Include/Guid/ImageAuthentication.h

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /** @file
   Image signature database are defined for the signed image validation.
 
-  Copyright (c) 2009 - 2016, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+  Copyright (c) 2009 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
   This program and the accompanying materials
   are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
   which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ typedef struct {
   /// Zero or more image signatures. If the image contained no signatures,
   /// then this field is empty.
   /// EFI_SIGNATURE_LIST            Signature;
-  /// 
+  ///
 } EFI_IMAGE_EXECUTION_INFO;
 
 

+ 2 - 2
MdePkg/Include/Guid/MdePkgTokenSpace.h

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /** @file
-  GUID for MdePkg PCD Token Space 
+  GUID for MdePkg PCD Token Space
 
-  Copyright (c) 2009, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+  Copyright (c) 2009 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
   This program and the accompanying materials
   are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
   which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at

+ 8 - 8
MdePkg/Include/Guid/MemoryAllocationHob.h

@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
 /** @file
   GUIDs for HOBs used in memory allcation
 
-  Copyright (c) 2006 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-  This program and the accompanying materials                          
-  are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License         
-  which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at        
-  http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php                                            
-
-  THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,                     
-  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.             
+  Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+  This program and the accompanying materials
+  are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+  which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at
+  http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
+
+  THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
 
   @par Revision Reference:
   GUIDs introduced in PI Version 1.0.

+ 17 - 17
MdePkg/Include/Guid/MemoryOverwriteControl.h

@@ -1,20 +1,20 @@
 /** @file
-  GUID used for MemoryOverwriteRequestControl UEFI variable defined in 
+  GUID used for MemoryOverwriteRequestControl UEFI variable defined in
   TCG Platform Reset Attack Mitigation Specification 1.00.
   See http://trustedcomputinggroup.org for the latest specification
 
-  The purpose of the MemoryOverwriteRequestControl UEFI variable is to give users (e.g., OS, loader) the ability to 
-  indicate to the platform that secrets are present in memory and that the platform firmware must clear memory upon 
-  a restart. The OS loader should not create the variable. Rather, the  firmware is required to create it. 
+  The purpose of the MemoryOverwriteRequestControl UEFI variable is to give users (e.g., OS, loader) the ability to
+  indicate to the platform that secrets are present in memory and that the platform firmware must clear memory upon
+  a restart. The OS loader should not create the variable. Rather, the  firmware is required to create it.
 
-  Copyright (c) 2009, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-  This program and the accompanying materials                          
-  are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License         
-  which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at        
-  http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php                                            
+  Copyright (c) 2009 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+  This program and the accompanying materials
+  are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+  which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at
+  http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
 
-  THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,                     
-  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.             
+  THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
 
 **/
 
@@ -27,17 +27,17 @@
   }
 
 ///
-///  Variable name is "MemoryOverwriteRequestControl" and it is a 1 byte unsigned value. 
-///  The attributes should be: 
-///  EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE | 
-///  EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS | 
-///  EFI_VARIABLE_RUNTIME_ACCESS 
+///  Variable name is "MemoryOverwriteRequestControl" and it is a 1 byte unsigned value.
+///  The attributes should be:
+///  EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE |
+///  EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS |
+///  EFI_VARIABLE_RUNTIME_ACCESS
 ///
 #define MEMORY_OVERWRITE_REQUEST_VARIABLE_NAME L"MemoryOverwriteRequestControl"
 
 ///
 /// 0 = Firmware MUST clear the MOR bit
-/// 1 = Firmware MUST set the MOR bit 
+/// 1 = Firmware MUST set the MOR bit
 ///
 #define MOR_CLEAR_MEMORY_BIT_MASK        0x01
 

+ 8 - 8
MdePkg/Include/Guid/Mps.h

@@ -3,14 +3,14 @@
   ACPI is the primary means of exporting MPS information to the OS. MPS only was
   included to support Itanium-based platform power on. So don't use it if you don't have too.
 
-  Copyright (c) 2006, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-  This program and the accompanying materials                          
-  are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License         
-  which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at        
-  http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php                                            
-
-  THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,                     
-  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.             
+  Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+  This program and the accompanying materials
+  are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+  which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at
+  http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
+
+  THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
 
   @par Revision Reference:
   GUIDs defined in UEFI 2.0 spec.

+ 8 - 8
MdePkg/Include/Guid/PcAnsi.h

@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
 /** @file
   Terminal Device Path Vendor Guid.
 
-  Copyright (c) 2006 - 2009, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-  This program and the accompanying materials                          
-  are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License         
-  which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at        
-  http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php                                            
+  Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+  This program and the accompanying materials
+  are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+  which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at
+  http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
 
-  THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,                     
-  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.             
+  THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
 
   @par Revision Reference:
   GUIDs defined in UEFI 2.0 spec.
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
   { \
     0x37499a9d, 0x542f, 0x4c89, {0xa0, 0x26, 0x35, 0xda, 0x14, 0x20, 0x94, 0xe4 } \
   }
-  
+
 #define EFI_SAS_DEVICE_PATH_GUID \
   { \
     0xd487ddb4, 0x008b, 0x11d9, {0xaf, 0xdc, 0x00, 0x10, 0x83, 0xff, 0xca, 0x4d } \

+ 8 - 8
MdePkg/Include/Guid/SalSystemTable.h

@@ -4,14 +4,14 @@
   SAL System Table contains Itanium-based processor centric information about
   the system.
 
-  Copyright (c) 2006 - 2009, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-  This program and the accompanying materials                          
-  are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License         
-  which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at        
-  http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php                                            
-
-  THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,                     
-  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.             
+  Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+  This program and the accompanying materials
+  are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+  which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at
+  http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
+
+  THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
 
   @par Revision Reference:
   GUIDs defined in UEFI 2.0 spec.

+ 8 - 8
MdePkg/Include/Guid/SmBios.h

@@ -5,14 +5,14 @@
   locate the SMBIOS tables. Do not search the 0xF0000 segment to find SMBIOS
   tables.
 
-  Copyright (c) 2006 - 2015, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-  This program and the accompanying materials                          
-  are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License         
-  which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at        
-  http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php                                            
-
-  THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,                     
-  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.             
+  Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+  This program and the accompanying materials
+  are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+  which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at
+  http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
+
+  THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
 
   @par Revision Reference:
   GUIDs defined in UEFI 2.5 spec.

+ 79 - 79
MdePkg/Include/Guid/StatusCodeDataTypeId.h

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /** @file
   GUID used to identify id for the caller who is initiating the Status Code.
 
-  Copyright (c) 2006 - 2013, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+  Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
   This program and the accompanying materials
   are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
   which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
   WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
 
   @par Revision Reference:
-  These GUIDs and structures are defined in UEFI Platform Initialization Specification 1.2 
+  These GUIDs and structures are defined in UEFI Platform Initialization Specification 1.2
   Volume 3: Shared Architectural Elements
 
 **/
@@ -38,12 +38,12 @@ typedef enum {
   ///
   EfiStringUnicode,
   ///
-  /// An EFI_STATUS_CODE_STRING_TOKEN representing the string.  The actual 
+  /// An EFI_STATUS_CODE_STRING_TOKEN representing the string.  The actual
   /// string can be obtained by querying the HII Database
   ///
   EfiStringToken
 } EFI_STRING_TYPE;
- 
+
 ///
 /// Specifies the format of the data in EFI_STATUS_CODE_STRING_DATA.String.
 ///
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ typedef struct {
   ///
   EFI_STRING_ID   Token;
 } EFI_STATUS_CODE_STRING_TOKEN;
- 
+
 typedef union {
   ///
   /// ASCII formatted string.
@@ -75,11 +75,11 @@ typedef union {
   ///
   EFI_STATUS_CODE_STRING_TOKEN  Hii;
 } EFI_STATUS_CODE_STRING;
- 
+
 ///
-/// This data type defines a string type of extended data. A string can accompany 
-/// any status code. The string can provide additional information about the 
-/// status code. The string can be ASCII, Unicode, or a Human Interface Infrastructure 
+/// This data type defines a string type of extended data. A string can accompany
+/// any status code. The string can provide additional information about the
+/// status code. The string can be ASCII, Unicode, or a Human Interface Infrastructure
 /// (HII) token/GUID pair.
 ///
 typedef struct {
@@ -89,14 +89,14 @@ typedef struct {
   /// sizeof (EFI_STATUS_CODE_STRING_DATA) - HeaderSize, and
   /// DataHeader.Type should be
   /// EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA_TYPE_STRING_GUID.
-  /// 
-  EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA           DataHeader; 
+  ///
+  EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA           DataHeader;
   ///
   /// Specifies the format of the data in String.
   ///
   EFI_STRING_TYPE                StringType;
   ///
-  /// A pointer to the extended data. The data follows the format specified by 
+  /// A pointer to the extended data. The data follows the format specified by
   /// StringType.
   ///
   EFI_STATUS_CODE_STRING         String;
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ extern EFI_GUID gEfiStatusCodeDataTypeStringGuid;
   { 0x335984bd, 0xe805, 0x409a, { 0xb8, 0xf8, 0xd2, 0x7e, 0xce, 0x5f, 0xf7, 0xa6 } }
 
 ///
-/// Extended data about the device path, which is used for many errors and 
+/// Extended data about the device path, which is used for many errors and
 /// progress codes to point to the device.
 ///
 /// The device path is used to point to the physical device in case there is more than one device
@@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ typedef struct {
   ///
   EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA                 DataHeader;
   ///
-  /// The device path to the controller or the hardware device. Note that this parameter is a 
+  /// The device path to the controller or the hardware device. Note that this parameter is a
   /// variable-length device path structure and not a pointer to such a structure. This structure is
   /// populated only if it is a physical device. For virtual devices, the Size field in DataHeader
   /// is set to zero and this field is not populated.
@@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ typedef struct {
 ///
 /// This structure defines extended data describing a PCI resource allocation error.
 ///
-/// @par Note: 
+/// @par Note:
 ///   The following structure contains variable-length fields and cannot be defined as a C-style
 ///   structure.
 ///
@@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ typedef struct {
   ///
   /// DevicePathSize should be zero if it is a virtual device that is not associated with
   /// a device path. Otherwise, this parameter is the length of the variable-length
-  /// DevicePath. 
+  /// DevicePath.
   ///
   UINT16                             DevicePathSize;
   ///
@@ -223,9 +223,9 @@ typedef struct {
   ///
   UINT16                             AllocResSize;
   ///
-  /// The device path to the controller or the hardware device that did not get the requested 
-  /// resources. Note that this parameter is the variable-length device path structure and not 
-  /// a pointer to this structure. 
+  /// The device path to the controller or the hardware device that did not get the requested
+  /// resources. Note that this parameter is the variable-length device path structure and not
+  /// a pointer to this structure.
   ///
   //  EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL       DevicePath;
   ///
@@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ typedef struct {
   ///
   //  UINT8                          ReqRes[];
   ///
-  /// The allocated resources in the format of an ACPI 2.0 resource descriptor. This 
+  /// The allocated resources in the format of an ACPI 2.0 resource descriptor. This
   /// parameter is not a pointer; it is the complete resource descriptor.
   ///
   //  UINT8                          AllocRes[];
@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ typedef struct {
 /// This structure provides a calculation for base-10 representations.
 ///
 /// Not consistent with PI 1.2 Specification.
-/// This data type is not defined in the PI 1.2 Specification, but is 
+/// This data type is not defined in the PI 1.2 Specification, but is
 /// required by several of the other data structures in this file.
 ///
 typedef struct {
@@ -253,16 +253,16 @@ typedef struct {
   ///
   INT16                            Value;
   ///
-  /// The INT16 number by which to raise the base-2 calculation. 
+  /// The INT16 number by which to raise the base-2 calculation.
   ///
   INT16                            Exponent;
 } EFI_EXP_BASE10_DATA;
 
 ///
-/// This structure provides the voltage at the time of error. It also provides 
-/// the threshold value indicating the minimum or maximum voltage that is considered 
-/// an error. If the voltage is less then the threshold, the error indicates that the 
-/// voltage fell below the minimum acceptable value. If the voltage is greater then the threshold, 
+/// This structure provides the voltage at the time of error. It also provides
+/// the threshold value indicating the minimum or maximum voltage that is considered
+/// an error. If the voltage is less then the threshold, the error indicates that the
+/// voltage fell below the minimum acceptable value. If the voltage is greater then the threshold,
 /// the error indicates that the voltage rose above the maximum acceptable value.
 ///
 typedef struct {
@@ -312,7 +312,7 @@ typedef struct {
   /// sizeof (EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA), DataHeader.Size should be
   /// sizeof (EFI_COMPUTING_UNIT_TIMER_EXPIRED_ERROR_DATA) -
   /// HeaderSize, and DataHeader.Type should be
-  /// EFI_STATUS_CODE_SPECIFIC_DATA_GUID.  
+  /// EFI_STATUS_CODE_SPECIFIC_DATA_GUID.
   ///
   EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA  DataHeader;
   ///
@@ -341,11 +341,11 @@ typedef struct {
 ///
 /// This structure defines extended data for processor mismatch errors.
 ///
-/// This provides information to indicate which processors mismatch, and how they mismatch. The 
-/// status code contains the instance number of the processor that is in error. This structure's 
-/// Instance indicates the second processor that does not match. This differentiation allows the 
-/// consumer to determine which two processors do not match. The Attributes indicate what 
-/// mismatch is being reported. Because Attributes is a bit field, more than one mismatch can be 
+/// This provides information to indicate which processors mismatch, and how they mismatch. The
+/// status code contains the instance number of the processor that is in error. This structure's
+/// Instance indicates the second processor that does not match. This differentiation allows the
+/// consumer to determine which two processors do not match. The Attributes indicate what
+/// mismatch is being reported. Because Attributes is a bit field, more than one mismatch can be
 /// reported with one error code.
 ///
 typedef struct {
@@ -354,23 +354,23 @@ typedef struct {
   /// sizeof (EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA), DataHeader.Size should be
   /// sizeof (EFI_ HOST_PROCESSOR_MISMATCH_ERROR_DATA) -
   /// HeaderSize , and DataHeader.Type should be
-  /// EFI_STATUS_CODE_SPECIFIC_DATA_GUID.  
+  /// EFI_STATUS_CODE_SPECIFIC_DATA_GUID.
   ///
   EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA  DataHeader;
   ///
   /// The unit number of the computing unit that does not match.
-  ///  
+  ///
   UINT32                Instance;
-  /// 
-  /// The attributes describing the failure. 
-  ///  
+  ///
+  /// The attributes describing the failure.
+  ///
   UINT16                Attributes;
 } EFI_HOST_PROCESSOR_MISMATCH_ERROR_DATA;
 
 ///
 /// This structure provides details about the computing unit thermal failure.
 ///
-/// This structure provides the temperature at the time of error. It also provides the threshold value 
+/// This structure provides the temperature at the time of error. It also provides the threshold value
 /// indicating the minimum temperature that is considered an error.
 ///
 typedef struct {
@@ -379,7 +379,7 @@ typedef struct {
   /// sizeof (EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA), DataHeader.Size should be
   /// sizeof (EFI_COMPUTING_UNIT_THERMAL_ERROR_DATA) -
   /// HeaderSize , and DataHeader.Type should be
-  /// EFI_STATUS_CODE_SPECIFIC_DATA_GUID.  
+  /// EFI_STATUS_CODE_SPECIFIC_DATA_GUID.
   ///
   EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA  DataHeader;
   ///
@@ -429,7 +429,7 @@ typedef struct {
 typedef UINT32  EFI_CPU_STATE_CHANGE_CAUSE;
 
 ///
-/// The reasons that the processor is disabled.  
+/// The reasons that the processor is disabled.
 /// Used to fill in EFI_COMPUTING_UNIT_CPU_DISABLED_ERROR_DATA.Cause.
 ///
 ///@{
@@ -447,8 +447,8 @@ typedef UINT32  EFI_CPU_STATE_CHANGE_CAUSE;
 ///
 /// This structure provides information about the disabled computing unit.
 ///
-/// This structure provides details as to why and how the computing unit was disabled. The causes 
-/// should cover the typical reasons a processor would be disabled. How the processor was disabled is 
+/// This structure provides details as to why and how the computing unit was disabled. The causes
+/// should cover the typical reasons a processor would be disabled. How the processor was disabled is
 /// important because there are distinct differences between hardware and software disabling.
 ///
 typedef struct {
@@ -461,12 +461,12 @@ typedef struct {
   ///
   EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA  DataHeader;
   ///
-  /// The reason for disabling the processor. 
-  /// 
+  /// The reason for disabling the processor.
+  ///
   UINT32                Cause;
   ///
-  /// TRUE if the processor is disabled via software means such as not listing it in the ACPI tables. 
-  /// Such a processor will respond to Interprocessor Interrupts (IPIs). FALSE if the processor is hardware 
+  /// TRUE if the processor is disabled via software means such as not listing it in the ACPI tables.
+  /// Such a processor will respond to Interprocessor Interrupts (IPIs). FALSE if the processor is hardware
   /// disabled, which means it is invisible to software and will not respond to IPIs.
   ///
   BOOLEAN               SoftwareDisabled;
@@ -504,8 +504,8 @@ typedef UINT8 EFI_MEMORY_ERROR_OPERATION;
 ///@}
 
 ///
-/// This structure provides specific details about the memory error that was detected. It provides 
-/// enough information so that consumers can identify the exact failure and provides enough 
+/// This structure provides specific details about the memory error that was detected. It provides
+/// enough information so that consumers can identify the exact failure and provides enough
 /// information to enable corrective action if necessary.
 ///
 typedef struct {
@@ -513,7 +513,7 @@ typedef struct {
   /// The data header identifying the data. DataHeader.HeaderSize should be
   /// sizeof (EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA), DataHeader.Size should be
   /// sizeof (EFI_MEMORY_EXTENDED_ERROR_DATA) - HeaderSize, and
-  /// DataHeader.Type should be EFI_STATUS_CODE_SPECIFIC_DATA_GUID.  
+  /// DataHeader.Type should be EFI_STATUS_CODE_SPECIFIC_DATA_GUID.
   ///
   EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA          DataHeader;
   ///
@@ -521,18 +521,18 @@ typedef struct {
   ///
   EFI_MEMORY_ERROR_GRANULARITY  Granularity;
   ///
-  /// The operation that resulted in the error being detected. 
+  /// The operation that resulted in the error being detected.
   ///
   EFI_MEMORY_ERROR_OPERATION    Operation;
   ///
-  /// The error syndrome, vendor-specific ECC syndrome, or CRC data associated with 
+  /// The error syndrome, vendor-specific ECC syndrome, or CRC data associated with
   /// the error.  If unknown, should be initialized to 0.
-  /// Inconsistent with specification here:  
+  /// Inconsistent with specification here:
   /// This field in StatusCodes spec0.9 is defined as UINT32, keep code unchanged.
   ///
   UINTN                         Syndrome;
   ///
-  /// The physical address of the error. 
+  /// The physical address of the error.
   ///
   EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS          Address;
   ///
@@ -543,31 +543,31 @@ typedef struct {
 
 ///
 /// A definition to describe that the operation is performed on multiple devices within the array.
-/// May be used for EFI_STATUS_CODE_DIMM_NUMBER.Array and EFI_STATUS_CODE_DIMM_NUMBER.Device. 
+/// May be used for EFI_STATUS_CODE_DIMM_NUMBER.Array and EFI_STATUS_CODE_DIMM_NUMBER.Device.
 ///
 #define EFI_MULTIPLE_MEMORY_DEVICE_OPERATION 0xfffe
 
 ///
 /// A definition to describe that the operation is performed on all devices within the array.
-/// May be used for EFI_STATUS_CODE_DIMM_NUMBER.Array and EFI_STATUS_CODE_DIMM_NUMBER.Device. 
+/// May be used for EFI_STATUS_CODE_DIMM_NUMBER.Array and EFI_STATUS_CODE_DIMM_NUMBER.Device.
 ///
 #define EFI_ALL_MEMORY_DEVICE_OPERATION 0xffff
 
 ///
 /// A definition to describe that the operation is performed on multiple arrays.
-/// May be used for EFI_STATUS_CODE_DIMM_NUMBER.Array and EFI_STATUS_CODE_DIMM_NUMBER.Device. 
+/// May be used for EFI_STATUS_CODE_DIMM_NUMBER.Array and EFI_STATUS_CODE_DIMM_NUMBER.Device.
 ///
 #define EFI_MULTIPLE_MEMORY_ARRAY_OPERATION 0xfffe
 
 ///
 /// A definition to describe that the operation is performed on all the arrays.
-/// May be used for EFI_STATUS_CODE_DIMM_NUMBER.Array and EFI_STATUS_CODE_DIMM_NUMBER.Device. 
+/// May be used for EFI_STATUS_CODE_DIMM_NUMBER.Array and EFI_STATUS_CODE_DIMM_NUMBER.Device.
 ///
 #define EFI_ALL_MEMORY_ARRAY_OPERATION 0xffff
 
 ///
-/// This extended data provides some context that consumers can use to locate a DIMM within the 
-/// overall memory scheme.  
+/// This extended data provides some context that consumers can use to locate a DIMM within the
+/// overall memory scheme.
 ///
 /// This extended data provides some context that consumers can use to locate a DIMM within the
 /// overall memory scheme. The Array and Device numbers may indicate a specific DIMM, or they
@@ -595,7 +595,7 @@ typedef struct {
 /// This structure defines extended data describing memory modules that do not match.
 ///
 /// This extended data may be used to convey the specifics of memory modules that do not match.
-/// 
+///
 typedef struct {
   ///
   /// The data header identifying the data. DataHeader.HeaderSize should be
@@ -606,7 +606,7 @@ typedef struct {
   ///
   EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA         DataHeader;
   ///
-  /// The instance number of the memory module that does not match. 
+  /// The instance number of the memory module that does not match.
   ///
   EFI_STATUS_CODE_DIMM_NUMBER  Instance;
 } EFI_MEMORY_MODULE_MISMATCH_ERROR_DATA;
@@ -614,7 +614,7 @@ typedef struct {
 ///
 /// This structure defines extended data describing a memory range.
 ///
-/// This extended data may be used to convey the specifics of a memory range.  Ranges are specified 
+/// This extended data may be used to convey the specifics of a memory range.  Ranges are specified
 /// with a start address and a length.
 ///
 typedef struct {
@@ -622,11 +622,11 @@ typedef struct {
   /// The data header identifying the data. DataHeader.HeaderSize should be
   /// sizeof (EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA), DataHeader.Size should be
   /// sizeof (EFI_MEMORY_RANGE_EXTENDED_DATA) - HeaderSize, and
-  /// DataHeader.Type should be EFI_STATUS_CODE_SPECIFIC_DATA_GUID.  
+  /// DataHeader.Type should be EFI_STATUS_CODE_SPECIFIC_DATA_GUID.
   ///
   EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA  DataHeader;
   ///
-  /// The starting address of the memory range. 
+  /// The starting address of the memory range.
   ///
   EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS  Start;
   ///
@@ -647,7 +647,7 @@ typedef struct {
   /// sizeof (EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA), DataHeader.Size should be
   /// sizeof (EFI_DEBUG_ASSERT_DATA) - HeaderSize , and
   /// DataHeader.Type should be EFI_STATUS_CODE_SPECIFIC_DATA_GUID.
-  /// 
+  ///
   EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA         DataHeader;
   ///
   /// The line number of the source file where the fault was generated.
@@ -658,7 +658,7 @@ typedef struct {
   ///
   UINT32                       FileNameSize;
   ///
-  /// A pointer to a NULL-terminated ASCII or Unicode string that represents 
+  /// A pointer to a NULL-terminated ASCII or Unicode string that represents
   /// the file name of the source file where the fault was generated.
   ///
   EFI_STATUS_CODE_STRING_DATA  *FileName;
@@ -691,7 +691,7 @@ typedef union {
   /// EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_X64 is defined in the
   /// EFI_DEBUG_SUPPORT_PROTOCOL in the UEFI Specification.
   ///
-  EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_X64  SystemContextX64; 
+  EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_X64  SystemContextX64;
   ///
   /// The context of the ARM processor when the exception was generated. Type
   /// EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_ARM is defined in the
@@ -713,11 +713,11 @@ typedef struct {
   /// sizeof (EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA), DataHeader.Size should be
   /// sizeof (EFI_STATUS_CODE_EXCEP_EXTENDED_DATA) - HeaderSize,
   /// and DataHeader.Type should be
-  /// EFI_STATUS_CODE_SPECIFIC_DATA_GUID.  
+  /// EFI_STATUS_CODE_SPECIFIC_DATA_GUID.
   ///
   EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA                  DataHeader;
   ///
-  /// The system context. 
+  /// The system context.
   ///
   EFI_STATUS_CODE_EXCEP_SYSTEM_CONTEXT  Context;
 } EFI_STATUS_CODE_EXCEP_EXTENDED_DATA;
@@ -729,33 +729,33 @@ typedef struct {
 /// the UEFI Driver Binding Protocol.
 ///
 typedef struct {
-  /// 
+  ///
   /// The data header identifying the data. DataHeader.HeaderSize should be
   /// sizeof (EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA), DataHeader.Size should be
   /// sizeof (EFI_STATUS_CODE_START_EXTENDED_DATA) - HeaderSize,
   /// and DataHeader.Type should be
-  /// EFI_STATUS_CODE_SPECIFIC_DATA_GUID.  
+  /// EFI_STATUS_CODE_SPECIFIC_DATA_GUID.
   ///
   EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA           DataHeader;
   ///
-  /// The controller handle. 
+  /// The controller handle.
   ///
   EFI_HANDLE                     ControllerHandle;
   ///
   /// The driver binding handle.
   ///
   EFI_HANDLE                     DriverBindingHandle;
-  /// 
-  /// The size of the RemainingDevicePath. It is zero if the Start() function is 
+  ///
+  /// The size of the RemainingDevicePath. It is zero if the Start() function is
   /// called with RemainingDevicePath = NULL.  The UEFI Specification allows
   /// that the Start() function of bus drivers can be called in this way.
   ///
   UINT16                         DevicePathSize;
   ///
-  /// Matches the RemainingDevicePath parameter being passed to the Start() function. 
-  /// Note that this parameter is the variable-length device path and not a pointer 
+  /// Matches the RemainingDevicePath parameter being passed to the Start() function.
+  /// Note that this parameter is the variable-length device path and not a pointer
   /// to the device path.
-  ///  
+  ///
   //  EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL   RemainingDevicePath;
 } EFI_STATUS_CODE_START_EXTENDED_DATA;
 
@@ -771,7 +771,7 @@ typedef struct {
   /// The data header identifying the data. DataHeader.HeaderSize should be
   /// sizeof (EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA), DataHeader.Size should be
   /// sizeof (EFI_LEGACY_OPROM_EXTENDED_DATA) - HeaderSize, and
-  /// DataHeader.Type should be EFI_STATUS_CODE_SPECIFIC_DATA_GUID.  
+  /// DataHeader.Type should be EFI_STATUS_CODE_SPECIFIC_DATA_GUID.
   ///
   EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA  DataHeader;
   ///
@@ -779,7 +779,7 @@ typedef struct {
   ///
   EFI_HANDLE            DeviceHandle;
   ///
-  /// The base address of the shadowed legacy ROM image.  May or may not point to the shadow RAM area. 
+  /// The base address of the shadowed legacy ROM image.  May or may not point to the shadow RAM area.
   ///
   EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS  RomImageBase;
 } EFI_LEGACY_OPROM_EXTENDED_DATA;

+ 8 - 8
MdePkg/Include/Guid/VectorHandoffTable.h

@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 /** @file
   GUID for system configuration table entry that points to the table
-  in case an entity in DXE wishes to update/change the vector table contents. 
+  in case an entity in DXE wishes to update/change the vector table contents.
 
-  Copyright (c) 2013, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-  This program and the accompanying materials                          
-  are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License         
-  which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at        
-  http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php                                            
+  Copyright (c) 2013 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+  This program and the accompanying materials
+  are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+  which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at
+  http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
 
-  THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,                     
-  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.             
+  THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
 
   @par Revision Reference:
   GUID defined in PI 1.2.1 spec.

+ 20 - 20
MdePkg/Include/Ia32/ProcessorBind.h

@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
 /** @file
   Processor or Compiler specific defines and types for IA-32 architecture.
 
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available under 
-the terms and conditions of the BSD License that accompanies this distribution.  
+Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available under
+the terms and conditions of the BSD License that accompanies this distribution.
 The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.                                          
-    
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,                     
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.             
+http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.
+
+THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
 
 **/
 
@@ -100,17 +100,17 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
 //
 
 //
-// This warning is for potentially uninitialized local variable, and it may cause false 
+// This warning is for potentially uninitialized local variable, and it may cause false
 // positive issues in VS2013 and VS2015 build
 //
 #pragma warning ( disable : 4701 )
-  
+
 //
-// This warning is for potentially uninitialized local pointer variable, and it may cause 
+// This warning is for potentially uninitialized local pointer variable, and it may cause
 // false positive issues in VS2013 and VS2015 build
 //
 #pragma warning ( disable : 4703 )
-  
+
 #endif
 
 #endif
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
   /// 1-byte signed value.
   ///
   typedef signed char         INT8;
-#else  
+#else
   ///
   /// 8-byte unsigned value.
   ///
@@ -280,17 +280,17 @@ typedef INT32   INTN;
 #elif defined(_MSC_EXTENSIONS)
   ///
   /// Microsoft* compiler specific method for EFIAPI calling convention.
-  /// 
-  #define EFIAPI __cdecl  
+  ///
+  #define EFIAPI __cdecl
 #elif defined(__GNUC__)
   ///
   /// GCC specific method for EFIAPI calling convention.
-  /// 
-  #define EFIAPI __attribute__((cdecl))  
+  ///
+  #define EFIAPI __attribute__((cdecl))
 #else
   ///
   /// The default for a non Microsoft* or GCC compiler is to assume the EFI ABI
-  /// is the standard. 
+  /// is the standard.
   ///
   #define EFIAPI
 #endif
@@ -305,13 +305,13 @@ typedef INT32   INTN;
 
 /**
   Return the pointer to the first instruction of a function given a function pointer.
-  On IA-32 CPU architectures, these two pointer values are the same, 
+  On IA-32 CPU architectures, these two pointer values are the same,
   so the implementation of this macro is very simple.
-  
+
   @param  FunctionPointer   A pointer to a function.
 
   @return The pointer to the first instruction of a function given a function pointer.
-  
+
 **/
 #define FUNCTION_ENTRY_POINT(FunctionPointer) (VOID *)(UINTN)(FunctionPointer)
 

+ 10 - 10
MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/Acpi10.h

@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
-/** @file   
+/** @file
   ACPI 1.0b definitions from the ACPI Specification, revision 1.0b
 
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2011, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available under 
-the terms and conditions of the BSD License that accompanies this distribution.  
+Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available under
+the terms and conditions of the BSD License that accompanies this distribution.
 The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.                                          
-    
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,                     
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.             
+http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.
+
+THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
 **/
 
 #ifndef _ACPI_1_0_H_
@@ -357,7 +357,7 @@ typedef struct {
 #define   EFI_ACPI_DMA_SPEED_TYPE_A                     0x20
 #define   EFI_ACPI_DMA_SPEED_TYPE_B                     0x40
 #define   EFI_ACPI_DMA_SPEED_TYPE_F                     0x60
-                                               
+
 #define EFI_ACPI_DMA_BUS_MASTER_MASK                    0x04
 #define   EFI_ACPI_DMA_BUS_MASTER                       0x04
 
@@ -403,7 +403,7 @@ typedef struct {
 
 //
 // Root System Description Table
-// No definition needed as it is a common description table header, the same with 
+// No definition needed as it is a common description table header, the same with
 // EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER, followed by a variable number of UINT32 table pointers.
 //
 

+ 10 - 10
MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/Acpi20.h

@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
-/** @file   
+/** @file
   ACPI 2.0 definitions from the ACPI Specification, revision 2.0
 
-  Copyright (c) 2006 - 2011, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-  This program and the accompanying materials                          
-  are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License         
-  which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at        
-  http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php                                            
+  Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+  This program and the accompanying materials
+  are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+  which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at
+  http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
 
-  THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,                     
-  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.             
+  THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
 **/
 
 #ifndef _ACPI_2_0_H_
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ typedef struct {
 
 //
 // Root System Description Table
-// No definition needed as it is a common description table header, the same with 
+// No definition needed as it is a common description table header, the same with
 // EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER, followed by a variable number of UINT32 table pointers.
 //
 
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ typedef struct {
 
 //
 // Extended System Description Table
-// No definition needed as it is a common description table header, the same with 
+// No definition needed as it is a common description table header, the same with
 // EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER, followed by a variable number of UINT64 table pointers.
 //
 

+ 11 - 11
MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/Acpi30.h

@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
-/** @file   
+/** @file
   ACPI 3.0 definitions from the ACPI Specification Revision 3.0b October 10, 2006
 
-  Copyright (c) 2006 - 2011, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-  This program and the accompanying materials                          
-  are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License         
-  which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at        
-  http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php                                            
+  Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+  This program and the accompanying materials
+  are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+  which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at
+  http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
 
-  THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,                     
-  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.             
+  THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
 **/
 
 #ifndef _ACPI_3_0_H_
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ typedef struct {
 
 //
 // Root System Description Table
-// No definition needed as it is a common description table header, the same with 
+// No definition needed as it is a common description table header, the same with
 // EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER, followed by a variable number of UINT32 table pointers.
 //
 
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ typedef struct {
 
 //
 // Extended System Description Table
-// No definition needed as it is a common description table header, the same with 
+// No definition needed as it is a common description table header, the same with
 // EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER, followed by a variable number of UINT64 table pointers.
 //
 
@@ -597,7 +597,7 @@ typedef struct {
 ///
 /// "RSD PTR " Root System Description Pointer
 ///
-#define EFI_ACPI_3_0_ROOT_SYSTEM_DESCRIPTION_POINTER_SIGNATURE  SIGNATURE_64('R', 'S', 'D', ' ', 'P', 'T', 'R', ' ') 
+#define EFI_ACPI_3_0_ROOT_SYSTEM_DESCRIPTION_POINTER_SIGNATURE  SIGNATURE_64('R', 'S', 'D', ' ', 'P', 'T', 'R', ' ')
 
 ///
 /// "APIC" Multiple APIC Description Table

+ 11 - 11
MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/Acpi40.h

@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
-/** @file   
+/** @file
   ACPI 4.0 definitions from the ACPI Specification Revision 4.0a April 5, 2010
 
-  Copyright (c) 2010 - 2011, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-  This program and the accompanying materials                          
-  are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License         
-  which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at        
-  http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php                                            
+  Copyright (c) 2010 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+  This program and the accompanying materials
+  are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+  which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at
+  http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
 
-  THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,                     
-  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.             
+  THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
 **/
 
 #ifndef _ACPI_4_0_H_
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ typedef struct {
 
 //
 // Root System Description Table
-// No definition needed as it is a common description table header, the same with 
+// No definition needed as it is a common description table header, the same with
 // EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER, followed by a variable number of UINT32 table pointers.
 //
 
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ typedef struct {
 
 //
 // Extended System Description Table
-// No definition needed as it is a common description table header, the same with 
+// No definition needed as it is a common description table header, the same with
 // EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER, followed by a variable number of UINT64 table pointers.
 //
 
@@ -1132,7 +1132,7 @@ typedef struct {
 ///
 /// "RSD PTR " Root System Description Pointer
 ///
-#define EFI_ACPI_4_0_ROOT_SYSTEM_DESCRIPTION_POINTER_SIGNATURE  SIGNATURE_64('R', 'S', 'D', ' ', 'P', 'T', 'R', ' ') 
+#define EFI_ACPI_4_0_ROOT_SYSTEM_DESCRIPTION_POINTER_SIGNATURE  SIGNATURE_64('R', 'S', 'D', ' ', 'P', 'T', 'R', ' ')
 
 ///
 /// "APIC" Multiple APIC Description Table

+ 12 - 12
MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/Acpi50.h

@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
-/** @file   
+/** @file
   ACPI 5.0 definitions from the ACPI Specification Revision 5.0a November 13, 2013.
 
   Copyright (c) 2014 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.<BR>
-  Copyright (c) 2011 - 2014, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-  This program and the accompanying materials                          
-  are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License         
-  which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at        
-  http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php                                            
-
-  THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,                     
-  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.             
+  Copyright (c) 2011 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+  This program and the accompanying materials
+  are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+  which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at
+  http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
+
+  THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
 **/
 
 #ifndef _ACPI_5_0_H_
@@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ typedef struct {
 
 //
 // Root System Description Table
-// No definition needed as it is a common description table header, the same with 
+// No definition needed as it is a common description table header, the same with
 // EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER, followed by a variable number of UINT32 table pointers.
 //
 
@@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ typedef struct {
 
 //
 // Extended System Description Table
-// No definition needed as it is a common description table header, the same with 
+// No definition needed as it is a common description table header, the same with
 // EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER, followed by a variable number of UINT64 table pointers.
 //
 
@@ -1876,7 +1876,7 @@ typedef struct {
 ///
 /// "RSD PTR " Root System Description Pointer
 ///
-#define EFI_ACPI_5_0_ROOT_SYSTEM_DESCRIPTION_POINTER_SIGNATURE  SIGNATURE_64('R', 'S', 'D', ' ', 'P', 'T', 'R', ' ') 
+#define EFI_ACPI_5_0_ROOT_SYSTEM_DESCRIPTION_POINTER_SIGNATURE  SIGNATURE_64('R', 'S', 'D', ' ', 'P', 'T', 'R', ' ')
 
 ///
 /// "APIC" Multiple APIC Description Table

+ 12 - 12
MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/Acpi51.h

@@ -1,16 +1,16 @@
-/** @file   
+/** @file
   ACPI 5.1 definitions from the ACPI Specification Revision 5.1 Errata B January, 2016.
 
   Copyright (c) 2014 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.<BR>
-  Copyright (c) 2014 - 2016, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+  Copyright (c) 2014 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
   (C) Copyright 2015 Hewlett Packard Enterprise Development LP<BR>
-  This program and the accompanying materials                          
-  are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License         
-  which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at        
-  http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php                                            
+  This program and the accompanying materials
+  are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+  which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at
+  http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
 
-  THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,                     
-  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.             
+  THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
 **/
 
 #ifndef _ACPI_5_1_H_
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ typedef struct {
 
 //
 // Root System Description Table
-// No definition needed as it is a common description table header, the same with 
+// No definition needed as it is a common description table header, the same with
 // EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER, followed by a variable number of UINT32 table pointers.
 //
 
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ typedef struct {
 
 //
 // Extended System Description Table
-// No definition needed as it is a common description table header, the same with 
+// No definition needed as it is a common description table header, the same with
 // EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER, followed by a variable number of UINT64 table pointers.
 //
 
@@ -1874,7 +1874,7 @@ typedef struct {
   UINT8                                    CommandComplete:1;
   UINT8                                    SciDoorbell:1;
   UINT8                                    Error:1;
-  UINT8                                    PlatformNotification:1;  
+  UINT8                                    PlatformNotification:1;
   UINT8                                    Reserved:4;
   UINT8                                    Reserved1;
 } EFI_ACPI_5_1_PCCT_GENERIC_SHARED_MEMORY_REGION_STATUS;
@@ -1892,7 +1892,7 @@ typedef struct {
 ///
 /// "RSD PTR " Root System Description Pointer
 ///
-#define EFI_ACPI_5_1_ROOT_SYSTEM_DESCRIPTION_POINTER_SIGNATURE  SIGNATURE_64('R', 'S', 'D', ' ', 'P', 'T', 'R', ' ') 
+#define EFI_ACPI_5_1_ROOT_SYSTEM_DESCRIPTION_POINTER_SIGNATURE  SIGNATURE_64('R', 'S', 'D', ' ', 'P', 'T', 'R', ' ')
 
 ///
 /// "APIC" Multiple APIC Description Table

+ 12 - 12
MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/Acpi60.h

@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
-/** @file   
+/** @file
   ACPI 6.0 definitions from the ACPI Specification Revision 6.0 Errata A January, 2016.
 
-  Copyright (c) 2015 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+  Copyright (c) 2015 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
   (C) Copyright 2015-2016 Hewlett Packard Enterprise Development LP<BR>
-  This program and the accompanying materials                          
-  are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License         
-  which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at        
-  http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php                                            
+  This program and the accompanying materials
+  are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+  which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at
+  http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
 
-  THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,                     
-  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.             
+  THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
 **/
 
 #ifndef _ACPI_6_0_H_
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ typedef struct {
 
 //
 // Root System Description Table
-// No definition needed as it is a common description table header, the same with 
+// No definition needed as it is a common description table header, the same with
 // EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER, followed by a variable number of UINT32 table pointers.
 //
 
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ typedef struct {
 
 //
 // Extended System Description Table
-// No definition needed as it is a common description table header, the same with 
+// No definition needed as it is a common description table header, the same with
 // EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER, followed by a variable number of UINT64 table pointers.
 //
 
@@ -2063,7 +2063,7 @@ typedef struct {
   UINT8                                    CommandComplete:1;
   UINT8                                    SciDoorbell:1;
   UINT8                                    Error:1;
-  UINT8                                    PlatformNotification:1;  
+  UINT8                                    PlatformNotification:1;
   UINT8                                    Reserved:4;
   UINT8                                    Reserved1;
 } EFI_ACPI_6_0_PCCT_GENERIC_SHARED_MEMORY_REGION_STATUS;
@@ -2125,7 +2125,7 @@ typedef struct {
 ///
 /// "RSD PTR " Root System Description Pointer
 ///
-#define EFI_ACPI_6_0_ROOT_SYSTEM_DESCRIPTION_POINTER_SIGNATURE  SIGNATURE_64('R', 'S', 'D', ' ', 'P', 'T', 'R', ' ') 
+#define EFI_ACPI_6_0_ROOT_SYSTEM_DESCRIPTION_POINTER_SIGNATURE  SIGNATURE_64('R', 'S', 'D', ' ', 'P', 'T', 'R', ' ')
 
 ///
 /// "APIC" Multiple APIC Description Table

+ 12 - 12
MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/Acpi61.h

@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
-/** @file   
+/** @file
   ACPI 6.1 definitions from the ACPI Specification Revision 6.1 January, 2016.
 
-  Copyright (c) 2016 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+  Copyright (c) 2016 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
  (C) Copyright 2016 Hewlett Packard Enterprise Development LP<BR>
-  This program and the accompanying materials                          
-  are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License         
-  which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at        
-  http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php                                            
+  This program and the accompanying materials
+  are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+  which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at
+  http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
 
-  THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,                     
-  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.             
+  THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
 **/
 
 #ifndef _ACPI_6_1_H_
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ typedef struct {
 
 //
 // Root System Description Table
-// No definition needed as it is a common description table header, the same with 
+// No definition needed as it is a common description table header, the same with
 // EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER, followed by a variable number of UINT32 table pointers.
 //
 
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ typedef struct {
 
 //
 // Extended System Description Table
-// No definition needed as it is a common description table header, the same with 
+// No definition needed as it is a common description table header, the same with
 // EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER, followed by a variable number of UINT64 table pointers.
 //
 
@@ -2095,7 +2095,7 @@ typedef struct {
   UINT8                                    CommandComplete:1;
   UINT8                                    SciDoorbell:1;
   UINT8                                    Error:1;
-  UINT8                                    PlatformNotification:1;  
+  UINT8                                    PlatformNotification:1;
   UINT8                                    Reserved:4;
   UINT8                                    Reserved1;
 } EFI_ACPI_6_1_PCCT_GENERIC_SHARED_MEMORY_REGION_STATUS;
@@ -2157,7 +2157,7 @@ typedef struct {
 ///
 /// "RSD PTR " Root System Description Pointer
 ///
-#define EFI_ACPI_6_1_ROOT_SYSTEM_DESCRIPTION_POINTER_SIGNATURE  SIGNATURE_64('R', 'S', 'D', ' ', 'P', 'T', 'R', ' ') 
+#define EFI_ACPI_6_1_ROOT_SYSTEM_DESCRIPTION_POINTER_SIGNATURE  SIGNATURE_64('R', 'S', 'D', ' ', 'P', 'T', 'R', ' ')
 
 ///
 /// "APIC" Multiple APIC Description Table

+ 10 - 10
MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/AlertStandardFormatTable.h

@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
-/** @file   
+/** @file
   ACPI Alert Standard Format Description Table ASF! as described in the ASF2.0 Specification
 
-  Copyright (c) 2006 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-  This program and the accompanying materials                          
-  are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License         
-  which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at        
-  http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php                                            
+  Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+  This program and the accompanying materials
+  are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+  which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at
+  http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
 
-  THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,                     
-  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.             
+  THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
 **/
 
 #ifndef _ALERT_STANDARD_FORMAT_TABLE_H_
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ typedef struct {
 } EFI_ACPI_ASF_RECORD_HEADER;
 
 ///
-/// This structure contains information that identifies the system's type 
+/// This structure contains information that identifies the system's type
 /// and configuration
 ///
 typedef struct {
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ typedef struct {
   UINT8                                DeviceAddress;
   UINT8                                Command;
   UINT8                                DataValue;
-} EFI_ACPI_ASF_CONTROLDATA;       
+} EFI_ACPI_ASF_CONTROLDATA;
 
 ///
 /// Alert Remote Control System Actions

+ 166 - 166
MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/Atapi.h

@@ -2,13 +2,13 @@
   This file contains just some basic definitions that are needed by drivers
   that dealing with ATA/ATAPI interface.
 
-Copyright (c) 2007 - 2016, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available under 
-the terms and conditions of the BSD License that accompanies this distribution.  
+Copyright (c) 2007 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available under
+the terms and conditions of the BSD License that accompanies this distribution.
 The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.                                          
-    
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,                     
+http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.
+
+THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
 WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
 
 **/
@@ -21,59 +21,59 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
 ///
 /// ATA5_IDENTIFY_DATA is defined in ATA-5.
 /// (This structure is provided mainly for backward-compatibility support.
-/// Old drivers may reference fields that are marked "obsolete" in 
-/// ATA_IDENTIFY_DATA, which currently conforms to ATA-8.) 
+/// Old drivers may reference fields that are marked "obsolete" in
+/// ATA_IDENTIFY_DATA, which currently conforms to ATA-8.)
 ///
-typedef struct {    
+typedef struct {
   UINT16  config;             ///< General Configuration.
   UINT16  cylinders;          ///< Number of Cylinders.
-  UINT16  reserved_2; 
-  UINT16  heads;              ///< Number of logical heads. 
-  UINT16  vendor_data1; 
-  UINT16  vendor_data2; 
-  UINT16  sectors_per_track; 
-  UINT16  vendor_specific_7_9[3]; 
-  CHAR8   SerialNo[20];       ///< ASCII  
-  UINT16  vendor_specific_20_21[2];  
-  UINT16  ecc_bytes_available;    
-  CHAR8   FirmwareVer[8];     ///< ASCII  
-  CHAR8   ModelName[40];      ///< ASCII    
-  UINT16  multi_sector_cmd_max_sct_cnt; 
-  UINT16  reserved_48; 
-  UINT16  capabilities; 
-  UINT16  reserved_50;     
-  UINT16  pio_cycle_timing;    
-  UINT16  reserved_52;             
-  UINT16  field_validity;     
-  UINT16  current_cylinders; 
-  UINT16  current_heads; 
-  UINT16  current_sectors;    
-  UINT16  CurrentCapacityLsb; 
-  UINT16  CurrentCapacityMsb;     
-  UINT16  reserved_59;     
-  UINT16  user_addressable_sectors_lo; 
-  UINT16  user_addressable_sectors_hi; 
-  UINT16  reserved_62;     
-  UINT16  multi_word_dma_mode;    
-  UINT16  advanced_pio_modes; 
-  UINT16  min_multi_word_dma_cycle_time; 
-  UINT16  rec_multi_word_dma_cycle_time; 
-  UINT16  min_pio_cycle_time_without_flow_control; 
-  UINT16  min_pio_cycle_time_with_flow_control; 
-  UINT16  reserved_69_79[11];     
-  UINT16  major_version_no; 
-  UINT16  minor_version_no; 
-  UINT16  command_set_supported_82;    ///< word 82 
-  UINT16  command_set_supported_83;    ///< word 83 
-  UINT16  command_set_feature_extn;    ///< word 84 
-  UINT16  command_set_feature_enb_85;  ///< word 85 
-  UINT16  command_set_feature_enb_86;  ///< word 86 
-  UINT16  command_set_feature_default; ///< word 87 
-  UINT16  ultra_dma_mode;              ///< word 88 
-  UINT16  reserved_89_127[39]; 
-  UINT16  security_status; 
-  UINT16  vendor_data_129_159[31]; 
-  UINT16  reserved_160_255[96]; 
+  UINT16  reserved_2;
+  UINT16  heads;              ///< Number of logical heads.
+  UINT16  vendor_data1;
+  UINT16  vendor_data2;
+  UINT16  sectors_per_track;
+  UINT16  vendor_specific_7_9[3];
+  CHAR8   SerialNo[20];       ///< ASCII
+  UINT16  vendor_specific_20_21[2];
+  UINT16  ecc_bytes_available;
+  CHAR8   FirmwareVer[8];     ///< ASCII
+  CHAR8   ModelName[40];      ///< ASCII
+  UINT16  multi_sector_cmd_max_sct_cnt;
+  UINT16  reserved_48;
+  UINT16  capabilities;
+  UINT16  reserved_50;
+  UINT16  pio_cycle_timing;
+  UINT16  reserved_52;
+  UINT16  field_validity;
+  UINT16  current_cylinders;
+  UINT16  current_heads;
+  UINT16  current_sectors;
+  UINT16  CurrentCapacityLsb;
+  UINT16  CurrentCapacityMsb;
+  UINT16  reserved_59;
+  UINT16  user_addressable_sectors_lo;
+  UINT16  user_addressable_sectors_hi;
+  UINT16  reserved_62;
+  UINT16  multi_word_dma_mode;
+  UINT16  advanced_pio_modes;
+  UINT16  min_multi_word_dma_cycle_time;
+  UINT16  rec_multi_word_dma_cycle_time;
+  UINT16  min_pio_cycle_time_without_flow_control;
+  UINT16  min_pio_cycle_time_with_flow_control;
+  UINT16  reserved_69_79[11];
+  UINT16  major_version_no;
+  UINT16  minor_version_no;
+  UINT16  command_set_supported_82;    ///< word 82
+  UINT16  command_set_supported_83;    ///< word 83
+  UINT16  command_set_feature_extn;    ///< word 84
+  UINT16  command_set_feature_enb_85;  ///< word 85
+  UINT16  command_set_feature_enb_86;  ///< word 86
+  UINT16  command_set_feature_default; ///< word 87
+  UINT16  ultra_dma_mode;              ///< word 88
+  UINT16  reserved_89_127[39];
+  UINT16  security_status;
+  UINT16  vendor_data_129_159[31];
+  UINT16  reserved_160_255[96];
 } ATA5_IDENTIFY_DATA;
 
 ///
@@ -86,50 +86,50 @@ typedef struct {
   UINT16  obsolete_1;
   UINT16  specific_config;                         ///< Specific Configuration.
   UINT16  obsolete_3;
-  UINT16  retired_4_5[2]; 
+  UINT16  retired_4_5[2];
   UINT16  obsolete_6;
   UINT16  cfa_reserved_7_8[2];
-  UINT16  retired_9; 
+  UINT16  retired_9;
   CHAR8   SerialNo[20];                            ///< word 10~19
-  UINT16  retired_20_21[2];  
-  UINT16  obsolete_22;    
+  UINT16  retired_20_21[2];
+  UINT16  obsolete_22;
   CHAR8   FirmwareVer[8];                          ///< word 23~26
   CHAR8   ModelName[40];                           ///< word 27~46
   UINT16  multi_sector_cmd_max_sct_cnt;
-  UINT16  trusted_computing_support; 
+  UINT16  trusted_computing_support;
   UINT16  capabilities_49;
   UINT16  capabilities_50;
-  UINT16  obsolete_51_52[2];           
-  UINT16  field_validity;     
-  UINT16  obsolete_54_58[5];     
+  UINT16  obsolete_51_52[2];
+  UINT16  field_validity;
+  UINT16  obsolete_54_58[5];
   UINT16  multi_sector_setting;
-  UINT16  user_addressable_sectors_lo; 
-  UINT16  user_addressable_sectors_hi; 
-  UINT16  obsolete_62;     
-  UINT16  multi_word_dma_mode;    
-  UINT16  advanced_pio_modes; 
-  UINT16  min_multi_word_dma_cycle_time; 
-  UINT16  rec_multi_word_dma_cycle_time; 
-  UINT16  min_pio_cycle_time_without_flow_control; 
-  UINT16  min_pio_cycle_time_with_flow_control; 
+  UINT16  user_addressable_sectors_lo;
+  UINT16  user_addressable_sectors_hi;
+  UINT16  obsolete_62;
+  UINT16  multi_word_dma_mode;
+  UINT16  advanced_pio_modes;
+  UINT16  min_multi_word_dma_cycle_time;
+  UINT16  rec_multi_word_dma_cycle_time;
+  UINT16  min_pio_cycle_time_without_flow_control;
+  UINT16  min_pio_cycle_time_with_flow_control;
   UINT16  additional_supported;                    ///< word 69
   UINT16  reserved_70;
   UINT16  reserved_71_74[4];                       ///< Reserved for IDENTIFY PACKET DEVICE cmd.
-  UINT16  queue_depth;     
+  UINT16  queue_depth;
   UINT16  serial_ata_capabilities;
   UINT16  reserved_77;                             ///< Reserved for Serial ATA
   UINT16  serial_ata_features_supported;
   UINT16  serial_ata_features_enabled;
-  UINT16  major_version_no; 
-  UINT16  minor_version_no; 
+  UINT16  major_version_no;
+  UINT16  minor_version_no;
   UINT16  command_set_supported_82;                ///< word 82
   UINT16  command_set_supported_83;                ///< word 83
   UINT16  command_set_feature_extn;                ///< word 84
   UINT16  command_set_feature_enb_85;              ///< word 85
   UINT16  command_set_feature_enb_86;              ///< word 86
   UINT16  command_set_feature_default;             ///< word 87
-  UINT16  ultra_dma_mode;                          ///< word 88 
-  UINT16  time_for_security_erase_unit; 
+  UINT16  ultra_dma_mode;                          ///< word 88
+  UINT16  time_for_security_erase_unit;
   UINT16  time_for_enhanced_security_erase_unit;
   UINT16  advanced_power_management_level;
   UINT16  master_password_identifier;
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ typedef struct {
   UINT16  reserved_121_126[6];
   UINT16  obsolete_127;
   UINT16  security_status;                         ///< word 128
-  UINT16  vendor_specific_129_159[31]; 
+  UINT16  vendor_specific_129_159[31];
   UINT16  cfa_power_mode;                          ///< word 160
   UINT16  reserved_for_compactflash_161_167[7];
   UINT16  device_nominal_form_factor;
@@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ typedef struct {
   UINT16  reserved_95_107[13];
   UINT16  world_wide_name[4];                      ///< word 108~111
   UINT16  reserved_for_128bit_wwn_112_115[4];
-  UINT16  reserved_116_118[3];  
+  UINT16  reserved_116_118[3];
   UINT16  command_and_feature_sets_supported;      ///< word 119
   UINT16  command_and_feature_sets_supported_enabled;
   UINT16  reserved_121_124[4];
@@ -458,7 +458,7 @@ typedef struct {
 
 ///
 /// ATAPI_PACKET_COMMAND is not defined in the ATA specification.
-/// We add it here for the convenience of ATA/ATAPI module writers. 
+/// We add it here for the convenience of ATA/ATAPI module writers.
 ///
 typedef union {
   UINT16                    Data16[6];
@@ -477,7 +477,7 @@ typedef union {
 #define ATAPI_MAX_DMA_CMD_SECTORS                       0x100
 
 //  ATA/ATAPI Signature equates
-#define ATA_SIGNATURE                                   0x0101       ///< defined in ACS-3  
+#define ATA_SIGNATURE                                   0x0101       ///< defined in ACS-3
 #define ATAPI_SIGNATURE                                 0xeb14       ///< defined in ACS-3
 #define ATAPI_SIGNATURE_32                              0xeb140101   ///< defined in ACS-3
 
@@ -521,11 +521,11 @@ typedef union {
 #define ATA_CMD_GET_CONFIGURATION                       0x46   ///< defined in ATAPI Multimedia Devices
    #define ATA_GCCD_RT_FIELD_VALUE_ALL                      0x00   ///< defined in ATAPI Multimedia Devices
    #define ATA_GCCD_RT_FIELD_VALUE_CURRENT                  0x01   ///< defined in ATAPI Multimedia Devices
-   #define ATA_GCCD_RT_FIELD_VALUE_SINGLE                   0x02   ///< defined in ATAPI Multimedia Devices 
-   #define ATA_GCCD_RT_FIELD_VALUE_RESERVED                 0x03   ///< defined in ATAPI Multimedia Devices 
-   
+   #define ATA_GCCD_RT_FIELD_VALUE_SINGLE                   0x02   ///< defined in ATAPI Multimedia Devices
+   #define ATA_GCCD_RT_FIELD_VALUE_RESERVED                 0x03   ///< defined in ATAPI Multimedia Devices
+
    #define ATA_FEATURE_LIST_PROFILE_LIST                    0x0000   ///< defined in ATAPI Multimedia Devices
-   #define ATA_FEATURE_LIST_CORE                            0x0001   ///< defined in ATAPI Multimedia Devices   
+   #define ATA_FEATURE_LIST_CORE                            0x0001   ///< defined in ATAPI Multimedia Devices
    #define ATA_FEATURE_LIST_MORPHING                        0x0002   ///< defined in ATAPI Multimedia Devices
    #define ATA_FEATURE_LIST_REMOVEABLE_MEDIUM               0x0003   ///< defined in ATAPI Multimedia Devices
    #define ATA_FEATURE_LIST_WRITE_PROTECT                   0x0004   ///< defined in ATAPI Multimedia Devices
@@ -549,33 +549,33 @@ typedef union {
 //
 #define ATA_CMD_IDENTIFY_DRIVE                          0xec   ///< defined from ATA-3
 #define ATA_CMD_READ_BUFFER                             0xe4   ///< defined from ATA-1
-#define ATA_CMD_READ_SECTORS                            0x20   ///< defined from ATA-1     
+#define ATA_CMD_READ_SECTORS                            0x20   ///< defined from ATA-1
 #define ATA_CMD_READ_SECTORS_WITH_RETRY                 0x21   ///< defined from ATA-1, obsoleted from ATA-5
 #define ATA_CMD_READ_LONG                               0x22   ///< defined from ATA-1, obsoleted from ATA-5
 #define ATA_CMD_READ_LONG_WITH_RETRY                    0x23   ///< defined from ATA-1, obsoleted from ATA-5
 #define ATA_CMD_READ_SECTORS_EXT                        0x24   ///< defined from ATA-6
-#define ATA_CMD_READ_MULTIPLE                           0xc4   ///< defined in ACS-3  
-#define ATA_CMD_READ_MULTIPLE_EXT                       0x29   ///< defined in ACS-3  
-#define ATA_CMD_READ_LOG_EXT                            0x2f   ///< defined in ACS-3  
+#define ATA_CMD_READ_MULTIPLE                           0xc4   ///< defined in ACS-3
+#define ATA_CMD_READ_MULTIPLE_EXT                       0x29   ///< defined in ACS-3
+#define ATA_CMD_READ_LOG_EXT                            0x2f   ///< defined in ACS-3
 
 //
 // Class 2: PIO Data-Out Commands
 //
 #define ATA_CMD_FORMAT_TRACK                            0x50  ///< defined from ATA-1, obsoleted from ATA-4
-#define ATA_CMD_WRITE_BUFFER                            0xe8  ///< defined from ATA-1  
+#define ATA_CMD_WRITE_BUFFER                            0xe8  ///< defined from ATA-1
 #define ATA_CMD_WRITE_SECTORS                           0x30  ///< defined from ATA-1
 #define ATA_CMD_WRITE_SECTORS_WITH_RETRY                0x31  ///< defined from ATA-1, obsoleted from ATA-5
 #define ATA_CMD_WRITE_LONG                              0x32  ///< defined from ATA-1, obsoleted from ATA-5
 #define ATA_CMD_WRITE_LONG_WITH_RETRY                   0x33  ///< defined from ATA-1, obsoleted from ATA-5
 #define ATA_CMD_WRITE_VERIFY                            0x3c  ///< defined from ATA-1, obsoleted from ATA-5
 #define ATA_CMD_WRITE_SECTORS_EXT                       0x34  ///< defined from ATA-6
-#define ATA_CMD_WRITE_MULTIPLE                          0xc5  ///< defined in ACS-3  
-#define ATA_CMD_WRITE_MULTIPLE_EXT                      0x39  ///< defined in ACS-3  
+#define ATA_CMD_WRITE_MULTIPLE                          0xc5  ///< defined in ACS-3
+#define ATA_CMD_WRITE_MULTIPLE_EXT                      0x39  ///< defined in ACS-3
 
 //
 // Class 3 No Data Command
 //
-#define ATA_CMD_ACK_MEDIA_CHANGE                        0xdb  ///< defined from ATA-1, obsoleted from ATA-5 
+#define ATA_CMD_ACK_MEDIA_CHANGE                        0xdb  ///< defined from ATA-1, obsoleted from ATA-5
 #define ATA_CMD_BOOT_POST_BOOT                          0xdc  ///< defined from ATA-1, obsoleted from ATA-3
 #define ATA_CMD_BOOT_PRE_BOOT                           0xdd  ///< defined from ATA-1, obsoleted from ATA-3
 #define ATA_CMD_CHECK_POWER_MODE                        0x98  ///< defined from ATA-1, obsoleted from ATA-4
@@ -599,39 +599,39 @@ typedef union {
 #define ATA_CMD_STANDBY_ALIAS                           0xe2  ///< defined from ATA-1
 #define ATA_CMD_STANDBY_IMMEDIATE                       0x94  ///< defined from ATA-1, obsoleted from ATA-4
 #define ATA_CMD_STANDBY_IMMEDIATE_ALIAS                 0xe0  ///< defined from ATA-1
-#define ATA_CMD_SLEEP                                   0xe6  ///< defined in ACS-3  
-#define ATA_CMD_READ_NATIVE_MAX_ADDRESS                 0xf8  ///< defined in ATA-6  
-#define ATA_CMD_READ_NATIVE_MAX_ADDRESS_EXT             0x27  ///< defined in ATA-6  
+#define ATA_CMD_SLEEP                                   0xe6  ///< defined in ACS-3
+#define ATA_CMD_READ_NATIVE_MAX_ADDRESS                 0xf8  ///< defined in ATA-6
+#define ATA_CMD_READ_NATIVE_MAX_ADDRESS_EXT             0x27  ///< defined in ATA-6
 
 //
 // Set Features Sub Command
 //
-#define ATA_SUB_CMD_ENABLE_VOLATILE_WRITE_CACHE             0x02   ///< defined in ACS-3 
-#define ATA_SUB_CMD_SET_TRANSFER_MODE                       0x03   ///< defined in ACS-3 
-#define ATA_SUB_CMD_ENABLE_APM                              0x05   ///< defined in ACS-3 
-#define ATA_SUB_CMD_ENABLE_PUIS                             0x06   ///< defined in ACS-3 
-#define ATA_SUB_CMD_PUIS_SET_DEVICE_SPINUP                  0x07   ///< defined in ACS-3 
-#define ATA_SUB_CMD_ENABLE_WRITE_READ_VERIFY                0x0b   ///< defined in ACS-3 
-#define ATA_SUB_CMD_ENABLE_SATA_FEATURE                     0x10   ///< defined in ACS-3 
-#define ATA_SUB_CMD_DISABLE_MEDIA_STATUS_NOTIFICATION       0x31   ///< defined in ACS-3 
-#define ATA_SUB_CMD_ENABLE_FREE_FALL_CONTROL                0x41   ///< defined in ACS-3 
-#define ATA_SUB_CMD_ACOUSTIC_MANAGEMENT_ENABLE              0x42   ///< defined in ACS-3 
-#define ATA_SUB_CMD_SET_MAX_HOST_INTERFACE_SECTOR_TIMES     0x43   ///< defined in ACS-3 
-#define ATA_SUB_CMD_EXTENDED_POWER_CONDITIONS               0x4a   ///< defined in ACS-3 
-#define ATA_SUB_CMD_DISABLE_READ_LOOK_AHEAD                 0x55   ///< defined in ACS-3 
-#define ATA_SUB_CMD_EN_DIS_DSN_FEATURE                      0x63   ///< defined in ACS-3 
-#define ATA_SUB_CMD_DISABLE_REVERT_TO_POWER_ON_DEFAULTS     0x66   ///< defined in ACS-3 
-#define ATA_SUB_CMD_DISABLE_VOLATILE_WRITE_CACHE            0x82   ///< defined in ACS-3 
-#define ATA_SUB_CMD_DISABLE_APM                             0x85   ///< defined in ACS-3 
-#define ATA_SUB_CMD_DISABLE_PUIS                            0x86   ///< defined in ACS-3 
-#define ATA_SUB_CMD_DISABLE_WRITE_READ_VERIFY               0x8b   ///< defined in ACS-3 
-#define ATA_SUB_CMD_DISABLE_SATA_FEATURE                    0x90   ///< defined in ACS-3 
-#define ATA_SUB_CMD_ENABLE_MEDIA_STATUS_NOTIFICATION        0x95   ///< defined in ACS-3 
-#define ATA_SUB_CMD_ENABLE_READ_LOOK_AHEAD                  0xaa   ///< defined in ACS-3 
-#define ATA_SUB_CMD_DISABLE_FREE_FALL_CONTROL               0xc1   ///< defined in ACS-3 
-#define ATA_SUB_CMD_ACOUSTIC_MANAGEMENT_DISABLE             0xc2   ///< defined in ACS-3 
-#define ATA_SUB_CMD_EN_DIS_SENSE_DATA_REPORTING             0xc3   ///< defined in ACS-3 
-#define ATA_SUB_CMD_ENABLE_REVERT_TO_POWER_ON_DEFAULTS      0xcc   ///< defined in ACS-3 
+#define ATA_SUB_CMD_ENABLE_VOLATILE_WRITE_CACHE             0x02   ///< defined in ACS-3
+#define ATA_SUB_CMD_SET_TRANSFER_MODE                       0x03   ///< defined in ACS-3
+#define ATA_SUB_CMD_ENABLE_APM                              0x05   ///< defined in ACS-3
+#define ATA_SUB_CMD_ENABLE_PUIS                             0x06   ///< defined in ACS-3
+#define ATA_SUB_CMD_PUIS_SET_DEVICE_SPINUP                  0x07   ///< defined in ACS-3
+#define ATA_SUB_CMD_ENABLE_WRITE_READ_VERIFY                0x0b   ///< defined in ACS-3
+#define ATA_SUB_CMD_ENABLE_SATA_FEATURE                     0x10   ///< defined in ACS-3
+#define ATA_SUB_CMD_DISABLE_MEDIA_STATUS_NOTIFICATION       0x31   ///< defined in ACS-3
+#define ATA_SUB_CMD_ENABLE_FREE_FALL_CONTROL                0x41   ///< defined in ACS-3
+#define ATA_SUB_CMD_ACOUSTIC_MANAGEMENT_ENABLE              0x42   ///< defined in ACS-3
+#define ATA_SUB_CMD_SET_MAX_HOST_INTERFACE_SECTOR_TIMES     0x43   ///< defined in ACS-3
+#define ATA_SUB_CMD_EXTENDED_POWER_CONDITIONS               0x4a   ///< defined in ACS-3
+#define ATA_SUB_CMD_DISABLE_READ_LOOK_AHEAD                 0x55   ///< defined in ACS-3
+#define ATA_SUB_CMD_EN_DIS_DSN_FEATURE                      0x63   ///< defined in ACS-3
+#define ATA_SUB_CMD_DISABLE_REVERT_TO_POWER_ON_DEFAULTS     0x66   ///< defined in ACS-3
+#define ATA_SUB_CMD_DISABLE_VOLATILE_WRITE_CACHE            0x82   ///< defined in ACS-3
+#define ATA_SUB_CMD_DISABLE_APM                             0x85   ///< defined in ACS-3
+#define ATA_SUB_CMD_DISABLE_PUIS                            0x86   ///< defined in ACS-3
+#define ATA_SUB_CMD_DISABLE_WRITE_READ_VERIFY               0x8b   ///< defined in ACS-3
+#define ATA_SUB_CMD_DISABLE_SATA_FEATURE                    0x90   ///< defined in ACS-3
+#define ATA_SUB_CMD_ENABLE_MEDIA_STATUS_NOTIFICATION        0x95   ///< defined in ACS-3
+#define ATA_SUB_CMD_ENABLE_READ_LOOK_AHEAD                  0xaa   ///< defined in ACS-3
+#define ATA_SUB_CMD_DISABLE_FREE_FALL_CONTROL               0xc1   ///< defined in ACS-3
+#define ATA_SUB_CMD_ACOUSTIC_MANAGEMENT_DISABLE             0xc2   ///< defined in ACS-3
+#define ATA_SUB_CMD_EN_DIS_SENSE_DATA_REPORTING             0xc3   ///< defined in ACS-3
+#define ATA_SUB_CMD_ENABLE_REVERT_TO_POWER_ON_DEFAULTS      0xcc   ///< defined in ACS-3
 
 //
 // S.M.A.R.T
@@ -640,13 +640,13 @@ typedef union {
 #define ATA_CONSTANT_C2                                 0xc2  ///< reserved
 #define ATA_CONSTANT_4F                                 0x4f  ///< reserved
 
-#define ATA_SMART_READ_DATA                             0xd0   ///< defined in ACS-3 
+#define ATA_SMART_READ_DATA                             0xd0   ///< defined in ACS-3
 
-#define ATA_SMART_AUTOSAVE                              0xd2  ///< defined in ACS-3 
+#define ATA_SMART_AUTOSAVE                              0xd2  ///< defined in ACS-3
     #define ATA_AUTOSAVE_DISABLE_ATTR                       0x00
     #define ATA_AUTOSAVE_ENABLE_ATTR                        0xf1
 
-#define ATA_SMART_EXECUTE_OFFLINE_IMMEDIATE             0xd4  ///< defined in ACS-3 
+#define ATA_SMART_EXECUTE_OFFLINE_IMMEDIATE             0xd4  ///< defined in ACS-3
     #define ATA_EXECUTE_SMART_OFFLINE_ROUTINE               0x00  ///< defined in ACS-3
     #define ATA_EXECUTE_SMART_OFFLINE_SHORT_SELFTEST        0x01  ///< defined in ACS-3
     #define ATA_EXECUTE_SMART_OFFLINE_EXTENDED_SELFTEST     0x02  ///< defined in ACS-3
@@ -658,25 +658,25 @@ typedef union {
     #define ATA_EXECUTE_SMART_CAPTIVE_CONVEYANCE_SELFTEST   0x83  ///< defined in ACS-3
     #define ATA_EXECUTE_SMART_CAPTIVE_SELECTIVE_SELFTEST    0x84  ///< defined in ACS-3
 
-#define ATA_SMART_READLOG                               0xd5  ///< defined in ACS-3 
-#define ATA_SMART_WRITELOG                              0xd6  ///< defined in ACS-3 
+#define ATA_SMART_READLOG                               0xd5  ///< defined in ACS-3
+#define ATA_SMART_WRITELOG                              0xd6  ///< defined in ACS-3
 #define ATA_SMART_ENABLE_OPERATION                      0xd8  ///< reserved
-#define ATA_SMART_DISABLE_OPERATION                     0xd9  ///< defined in ACS-3 
+#define ATA_SMART_DISABLE_OPERATION                     0xd9  ///< defined in ACS-3
 #define ATA_SMART_RETURN_STATUS                         0xda  ///< defined from ATA-3
 
-#define ATA_SMART_THRESHOLD_NOT_EXCEEDED_VALUE              0xc24f  ///< defined in ACS-3 
-#define ATA_SMART_THRESHOLD_EXCEEDED_VALUE                  0x2cf4  ///< defined in ACS-3 
+#define ATA_SMART_THRESHOLD_NOT_EXCEEDED_VALUE              0xc24f  ///< defined in ACS-3
+#define ATA_SMART_THRESHOLD_EXCEEDED_VALUE                  0x2cf4  ///< defined in ACS-3
 
 // SMART Log Definitions
-#define ATA_SMART_LOG_DIRECTORY                             0x00  ///< defined in ACS-3 
-#define ATA_SMART_SUM_SMART_ERROR_LOG                       0x01  ///< defined in ACS-3 
-#define ATA_SMART_COMP_SMART_ERROR_LOG                      0x02  ///< defined in ACS-3 
-#define ATA_SMART_EXT_COMP_SMART_ERROR_LOG                  0x03  ///< defined in ACS-3 
-#define ATA_SMART_SMART_SELFTEST_LOG                        0x06  ///< defined in ACS-3 
-#define ATA_SMART_EXT_SMART_SELFTEST_LOG                    0x07  ///< defined in ACS-3 
-#define ATA_SMART_SELECTIVE_SELFTEST_LOG                    0x09  ///< defined in ACS-3 
-#define ATA_SMART_HOST_VENDOR_SPECIFIC                      0x80  ///< defined in ACS-3 
-#define ATA_SMART_DEVICE_VENDOR_SPECIFIC                    0xa0  ///< defined in ACS-3 
+#define ATA_SMART_LOG_DIRECTORY                             0x00  ///< defined in ACS-3
+#define ATA_SMART_SUM_SMART_ERROR_LOG                       0x01  ///< defined in ACS-3
+#define ATA_SMART_COMP_SMART_ERROR_LOG                      0x02  ///< defined in ACS-3
+#define ATA_SMART_EXT_COMP_SMART_ERROR_LOG                  0x03  ///< defined in ACS-3
+#define ATA_SMART_SMART_SELFTEST_LOG                        0x06  ///< defined in ACS-3
+#define ATA_SMART_EXT_SMART_SELFTEST_LOG                    0x07  ///< defined in ACS-3
+#define ATA_SMART_SELECTIVE_SELFTEST_LOG                    0x09  ///< defined in ACS-3
+#define ATA_SMART_HOST_VENDOR_SPECIFIC                      0x80  ///< defined in ACS-3
+#define ATA_SMART_DEVICE_VENDOR_SPECIFIC                    0xa0  ///< defined in ACS-3
 
 //
 // Class 4: DMA Command
@@ -687,18 +687,18 @@ typedef union {
 #define ATA_CMD_WRITE_DMA                               0xca   ///< defined from ATA-1
 #define ATA_CMD_WRITE_DMA_WITH_RETRY                    0xcb   ///< defined from ATA-1, obsoleted from ATA-
 #define ATA_CMD_WRITE_DMA_EXT                           0x35   ///< defined from ATA-6
-  
+
 //
 //  ATA Security commands
 //
-#define ATA_CMD_SECURITY_SET_PASSWORD                   0xf1  ///< defined in ACS-3 
-#define ATA_CMD_SECURITY_UNLOCK                         0xf2  ///< defined in ACS-3 
-#define ATA_CMD_SECURITY_ERASE_PREPARE                  0xf3  ///< defined in ACS-3 
-#define ATA_CMD_SECURITY_ERASE_UNIT                     0xf4  ///< defined in ACS-3 
-#define ATA_CMD_SECURITY_FREEZE_LOCK                    0xf5  ///< defined in ACS-3 
-#define ATA_CMD_SECURITY_DISABLE_PASSWORD               0xf6  ///< defined in ACS-3 
+#define ATA_CMD_SECURITY_SET_PASSWORD                   0xf1  ///< defined in ACS-3
+#define ATA_CMD_SECURITY_UNLOCK                         0xf2  ///< defined in ACS-3
+#define ATA_CMD_SECURITY_ERASE_PREPARE                  0xf3  ///< defined in ACS-3
+#define ATA_CMD_SECURITY_ERASE_UNIT                     0xf4  ///< defined in ACS-3
+#define ATA_CMD_SECURITY_FREEZE_LOCK                    0xf5  ///< defined in ACS-3
+#define ATA_CMD_SECURITY_DISABLE_PASSWORD               0xf6  ///< defined in ACS-3
 
-#define ATA_SECURITY_BUFFER_LENGTH                          512  ///< defined in ACS-3 
+#define ATA_SECURITY_BUFFER_LENGTH                          512  ///< defined in ACS-3
 
 //
 //  ATA Device Config Overlay
@@ -712,19 +712,19 @@ typedef union {
 //
 //  ATA Trusted Computing Feature Set Commands
 //
-#define ATA_CMD_TRUSTED_NON_DATA                        0x5b  ///< defined in ACS-3 
-#define ATA_CMD_TRUSTED_RECEIVE                         0x5c  ///< defined in ACS-3 
-#define ATA_CMD_TRUSTED_RECEIVE_DMA                     0x5d  ///< defined in ACS-3 
-#define ATA_CMD_TRUSTED_SEND                            0x5e  ///< defined in ACS-3 
-#define ATA_CMD_TRUSTED_SEND_DMA                        0x5f  ///< defined in ACS-3 
+#define ATA_CMD_TRUSTED_NON_DATA                        0x5b  ///< defined in ACS-3
+#define ATA_CMD_TRUSTED_RECEIVE                         0x5c  ///< defined in ACS-3
+#define ATA_CMD_TRUSTED_RECEIVE_DMA                     0x5d  ///< defined in ACS-3
+#define ATA_CMD_TRUSTED_SEND                            0x5e  ///< defined in ACS-3
+#define ATA_CMD_TRUSTED_SEND_DMA                        0x5f  ///< defined in ACS-3
 
 //
 //  ATA Trusted Receive Fields
 //
-#define ATA_TR_RETURN_SECURITY_PROTOCOL_INFORMATION     0x00  ///< defined in ACS-3 
-#define ATA_TR_SECURITY_PROTOCOL_JEDEC_RESERVED         0xec  ///< defined in ACS-3 
-#define ATA_TR_SECURITY_PROTOCOL_SDCARD_RESERVED        0xed  ///< defined in ACS-3 
-#define ATA_TR_SECURITY_PROTOCOL_IEEE1667_RESERVED      0xee  ///< defined in ACS-3 
+#define ATA_TR_RETURN_SECURITY_PROTOCOL_INFORMATION     0x00  ///< defined in ACS-3
+#define ATA_TR_SECURITY_PROTOCOL_JEDEC_RESERVED         0xec  ///< defined in ACS-3
+#define ATA_TR_SECURITY_PROTOCOL_SDCARD_RESERVED        0xed  ///< defined in ACS-3
+#define ATA_TR_SECURITY_PROTOCOL_IEEE1667_RESERVED      0xee  ///< defined in ACS-3
 
 //
 //  Equates used for Acoustic Flags
@@ -732,18 +732,18 @@ typedef union {
 #define ATA_ACOUSTIC_LEVEL_BYPASS                       0xff   ///< defined from ATA-6
 #define ATA_ACOUSTIC_LEVEL_MAXIMUM_PERFORMANCE          0xfe   ///< defined from ATA-6
 #define ATA_ACOUSTIC_LEVEL_QUIET                        0x80   ///< defined from ATA-6
-    	
+
 //
 //  Equates used for DiPM Support
 //
-#define ATA_CMD_DIPM_SUB                                0x03   // defined in ACS-3 : Count value in SetFeature identification : 03h  Device-initiated interface power state transitions 
-    #define ATA_DIPM_ENABLE                                 0x10   // defined in ACS-3 
-    #define ATA_DIPM_DISABLE                                0x90   // defined in ACS-3 
+#define ATA_CMD_DIPM_SUB                                0x03   // defined in ACS-3 : Count value in SetFeature identification : 03h  Device-initiated interface power state transitions
+    #define ATA_DIPM_ENABLE                                 0x10   // defined in ACS-3
+    #define ATA_DIPM_DISABLE                                0x90   // defined in ACS-3
 
 //
 //  Equates used for DevSleep Support
 //
-#define ATA_CMD_DEVSLEEP_SUB                            0x09   // defined in SATA 3.2 Gold Spec :  Count value in SetFeature identification : 09h  Device Sleep 
+#define ATA_CMD_DEVSLEEP_SUB                            0x09   // defined in SATA 3.2 Gold Spec :  Count value in SetFeature identification : 09h  Device Sleep
     #define ATA_DEVSLEEP_ENABLE                             0x10   // defined in SATA 3.2 Gold Spec
     #define ATA_DEVSLEEP_DISABLE                            0x90   // defined in SATA 3.2 Gold Spec
 
@@ -765,7 +765,7 @@ typedef union {
 /// Default content of device control register, disable INT,
 /// Bit3 is set to 1 according ATA-1
 ///
-#define ATA_DEFAULT_CTL                                 (0x0a)  
+#define ATA_DEFAULT_CTL                                 (0x0a)
 ///
 /// Default context of Device/Head Register,
 /// Bit7 and Bit5 are set to 1 for back-compatibilities.
@@ -778,9 +778,9 @@ typedef union {
 
 //
 // Sense Key, Additional Sense Codes and Additional Sense Code Qualifier
-// defined in MultiMedia Commands (MMC, MMC-2) 
+// defined in MultiMedia Commands (MMC, MMC-2)
 //
-// Sense Key 
+// Sense Key
 //
 #define ATA_SK_NO_SENSE                                 (0x0)
 #define ATA_SK_RECOVERY_ERROR                           (0x1)
@@ -825,7 +825,7 @@ typedef union {
 
 //
 // Error Register
-//  
+//
 #define ATA_ERRREG_BBK                                  BIT7  ///< Bad block detected      defined from ATA-1, obsoleted from ATA-2
 #define ATA_ERRREG_UNC                                  BIT6  ///< Uncorrectable Data      defined from ATA-1, obsoleted from ATA-4
 #define ATA_ERRREG_MC                                   BIT5  ///< Media Change            defined from ATA-1, obsoleted from ATA-4

+ 3 - 3
MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/DebugPort2Table.h

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
-/** @file   
-  ACPI debug port 2 table definition, defined at 
+/** @file
+  ACPI debug port 2 table definition, defined at
   Microsoft DebugPort2Specification.
 
-  Copyright (c) 2012, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+  Copyright (c) 2012 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
   Copyright (c) 2012 - 2016, ARM Limited. All rights reserved.<BR>
   This program and the accompanying materials
   are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License

+ 3 - 3
MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/DebugPortTable.h

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
-/** @file   
-  ACPI debug port table definition, defined at 
+/** @file
+  ACPI debug port table definition, defined at
   Microsoft DebugPortSpecification.
 
-  Copyright (c) 2012, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+  Copyright (c) 2012 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
   This program and the accompanying materials
   are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
   which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at

+ 27 - 27
MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/ElTorito.h

@@ -1,18 +1,18 @@
 /** @file
-  ElTorito Partitions Format Definition. 
-  This file includes some defintions from 
+  ElTorito Partitions Format Definition.
+  This file includes some defintions from
   1. "El Torito" Bootable CD-ROM Format Specification, Version 1.0.
-  2. Volume and File Structure of CDROM for Information Interchange, 
+  2. Volume and File Structure of CDROM for Information Interchange,
      Standard ECMA-119. (IS0 9660)
 
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials                          
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License         
-which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at        
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php                                            
-                                                                                          
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,                     
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.             
+Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+This program and the accompanying materials
+are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at
+http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
+
+THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
 
 **/
 
@@ -57,13 +57,13 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
 
 #pragma pack(1)
 
-/// 
+///
 /// CD-ROM Volume Descriptor
-/// 
-typedef union { 
+///
+typedef union {
   struct {
-    UINT8   Type;     
-    CHAR8   Id[5];           ///< "CD001"    
+    UINT8   Type;
+    CHAR8   Id[5];           ///< "CD001"
     CHAR8   Reserved[82];
   } Unknown;
 
@@ -72,29 +72,29 @@ typedef union {
   ///
   struct {
     UINT8   Type;            ///< Must be 0
-    CHAR8   Id[5];           ///< "CD001" 
-    UINT8   Version;         ///< Must be 1 
-    CHAR8   SystemId[32];    ///< "EL TORITO SPECIFICATION" 
-    CHAR8   Unused[32];      ///< Must be 0 
+    CHAR8   Id[5];           ///< "CD001"
+    UINT8   Version;         ///< Must be 1
+    CHAR8   SystemId[32];    ///< "EL TORITO SPECIFICATION"
+    CHAR8   Unused[32];      ///< Must be 0
     UINT8   EltCatalog[4];   ///< Absolute pointer to first sector of Boot Catalog
     CHAR8   Unused2[13];     ///< Must be 0
   } BootRecordVolume;
- 
+
   ///
   /// Primary Volumn Descriptor, defined in ISO 9660.
   ///
   struct {
-    UINT8   Type; 
+    UINT8   Type;
     CHAR8   Id[5];           ///< "CD001"
-    UINT8   Version; 
+    UINT8   Version;
     UINT8   Unused;          ///< Must be 0
-    CHAR8   SystemId[32];    
-    CHAR8   VolumeId[32];    
-    UINT8   Unused2[8];      ///< Must be 0 
+    CHAR8   SystemId[32];
+    CHAR8   VolumeId[32];
+    UINT8   Unused2[8];      ///< Must be 0
     UINT32  VolSpaceSize[2]; ///< the number of Logical Blocks
   } PrimaryVolume;
 
-} CDROM_VOLUME_DESCRIPTOR; 
+} CDROM_VOLUME_DESCRIPTOR;
 
 ///
 /// Catalog Entry

+ 8 - 8
MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/HighPrecisionEventTimerTable.h

@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 /** @file
   ACPI high precision event timer table definition, at www.intel.com
   Specification name is IA-PC HPET (High Precision Event Timers) Specification.
-    
-  Copyright (c) 2007 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-  This program and the accompanying materials                          
-  are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License         
-  which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at        
-  http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php                                            
 
-  THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,                     
-  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.             
+  Copyright (c) 2007 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+  This program and the accompanying materials
+  are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+  which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at
+  http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
+
+  THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
 **/
 
 #ifndef _HIGH_PRECISION_EVENT_TIMER_TABLE_H_

+ 3 - 3
MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/Hsti.h

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
   Support for HSTI 1.1a specification, defined at
   Microsoft Hardware Security Testability Specification.
 
-  Copyright (c) 2015 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+  Copyright (c) 2015 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
   This program and the accompanying materials
   are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
   which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -25,8 +25,8 @@
 
 #define PLATFORM_SECURITY_ROLE_PLATFORM_REFERENCE 0x00000001  // IHV
 #define PLATFORM_SECURITY_ROLE_PLATFORM_IBV       0x00000002
-#define PLATFORM_SECURITY_ROLE_IMPLEMENTOR_OEM    0x00000003 
-#define PLATFORM_SECURITY_ROLE_IMPLEMENTOR_ODM    0x00000004  
+#define PLATFORM_SECURITY_ROLE_IMPLEMENTOR_OEM    0x00000003
+#define PLATFORM_SECURITY_ROLE_IMPLEMENTOR_ODM    0x00000004
 
 typedef struct {
   //

+ 65 - 65
MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/Http11.h

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
 /** @file
-  Hypertext Transfer Protocol -- HTTP/1.1 Standard definitions, from RFC 2616    
+  Hypertext Transfer Protocol -- HTTP/1.1 Standard definitions, from RFC 2616
+
+  This file contains common HTTP 1.1 definitions from RFC 2616
 
-  This file contains common HTTP 1.1 definitions from RFC 2616 
-   
   (C) Copyright 2015-2016 Hewlett Packard Enterprise Development LP<BR>
   This program and the accompanying materials
   are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
 
 ///
 /// HTTP Version (currently HTTP 1.1)
-/// 
+///
 /// The version of an HTTP message is indicated by an HTTP-Version field
 /// in the first line of the message.
 ///
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
 
 ///
 /// HTTP Request Method definitions
-/// 
+///
 /// The Method  token indicates the method to be performed on the
 /// resource identified by the Request-URI. The method is case-sensitive.
 ///
@@ -50,27 +50,27 @@
 
 ///
 /// Accept Request Header
-/// The Accept request-header field can be used to specify certain media types which are 
-/// acceptable for the response. Accept headers can be used to indicate that the request 
-/// is specifically limited to a small set of desired types, as in the case of a request 
+/// The Accept request-header field can be used to specify certain media types which are
+/// acceptable for the response. Accept headers can be used to indicate that the request
+/// is specifically limited to a small set of desired types, as in the case of a request
 /// for an in-line image.
 ///
 #define HTTP_HEADER_ACCEPT             "Accept"
 
 
-/// 
+///
 /// Accept-Charset Request Header
-/// The Accept-Charset request-header field can be used to indicate what character sets 
-/// are acceptable for the response. This field allows clients capable of understanding 
-/// more comprehensive or special-purpose character sets to signal that capability to a 
+/// The Accept-Charset request-header field can be used to indicate what character sets
+/// are acceptable for the response. This field allows clients capable of understanding
+/// more comprehensive or special-purpose character sets to signal that capability to a
 /// server which is capable of representing documents in those character sets.
 ///
 #define HTTP_HEADER_ACCEPT_CHARSET     "Accept-Charset"
 
-/// 
+///
 /// Accept-Language Request Header
-/// The Accept-Language request-header field is similar to Accept, 
-/// but restricts the set of natural languages that are preferred 
+/// The Accept-Language request-header field is similar to Accept,
+/// but restricts the set of natural languages that are preferred
 /// as a response to the request.
 ///
 #define HTTP_HEADER_ACCEPT_LANGUAGE    "Accept-Language"
@@ -83,39 +83,39 @@
 #define HTTP_HEADER_ACCEPT_RANGES      "Accept-Ranges"
 
 
-/// 
+///
 /// Accept-Encoding Request Header
-/// The Accept-Encoding request-header field is similar to Accept, 
+/// The Accept-Encoding request-header field is similar to Accept,
 /// but restricts the content-codings that are acceptable in the response.
 ///
 #define HTTP_HEADER_ACCEPT_ENCODING    "Accept-Encoding"
 
 ///
 /// Content-Encoding Header
-/// The Content-Encoding entity-header field is used as a modifier to the media-type. 
-/// When present, its value indicates what additional content codings have been applied 
-/// to the entity-body, and thus what decoding mechanisms must be applied in order to 
-/// obtain the media-type referenced by the Content-Type header field. Content-Encoding 
-/// is primarily used to allow a document to be compressed without losing the identity 
+/// The Content-Encoding entity-header field is used as a modifier to the media-type.
+/// When present, its value indicates what additional content codings have been applied
+/// to the entity-body, and thus what decoding mechanisms must be applied in order to
+/// obtain the media-type referenced by the Content-Type header field. Content-Encoding
+/// is primarily used to allow a document to be compressed without losing the identity
 /// of its underlying media type.
 ///
 #define HTTP_HEADER_CONTENT_ENCODING   "Content-Encoding"
 
-/// 
+///
 /// HTTP Content-Encoding Compression types
 ///
 
 #define HTTP_CONTENT_ENCODING_IDENTITY "identity"  /// No transformation is used. This is the default value for content coding.
 #define HTTP_CONTENT_ENCODING_GZIP     "gzip"      /// Content-Encoding: GNU zip format (described in RFC 1952).
-#define HTTP_CONTENT_ENCODING_COMPRESS "compress"  /// encoding format produced by the common UNIX file compression program "compress". 
-#define HTTP_CONTENT_ENCODING_DEFLATE  "deflate"   /// The "zlib" format defined in RFC 1950 in combination with the "deflate" 
+#define HTTP_CONTENT_ENCODING_COMPRESS "compress"  /// encoding format produced by the common UNIX file compression program "compress".
+#define HTTP_CONTENT_ENCODING_DEFLATE  "deflate"   /// The "zlib" format defined in RFC 1950 in combination with the "deflate"
                                                    /// compression mechanism described in RFC 1951.
 
 
 ///
 /// Content-Type Header
-/// The Content-Type entity-header field indicates the media type of the entity-body sent to 
-/// the recipient or, in the case of the HEAD method, the media type that would have been sent 
+/// The Content-Type entity-header field indicates the media type of the entity-body sent to
+/// the recipient or, in the case of the HEAD method, the media type that would have been sent
 /// had the request been a GET.
 ///
 #define HTTP_HEADER_CONTENT_TYPE       "Content-Type"
@@ -124,12 +124,12 @@
 //
 #define HTTP_CONTENT_TYPE_APP_JSON          "application/json"
 #define HTTP_CONTENT_TYPE_APP_OCTET_STREAM  "application/octet-stream"
-                                           
+
 #define HTTP_CONTENT_TYPE_TEXT_HTML         "text/html"
 #define HTTP_CONTENT_TYPE_TEXT_PLAIN        "text/plain"
 #define HTTP_CONTENT_TYPE_TEXT_CSS          "text/css"
 #define HTTP_CONTENT_TYPE_TEXT_XML          "text/xml"
-                                           
+
 #define HTTP_CONTENT_TYPE_IMAGE_GIF         "image/gif"
 #define HTTP_CONTENT_TYPE_IMAGE_JPEG        "image/jpeg"
 #define HTTP_CONTENT_TYPE_IMAGE_PNG         "image/png"
@@ -138,17 +138,17 @@
 
 ///
 /// Content-Length Header
-/// The Content-Length entity-header field indicates the size of the entity-body, 
-/// in decimal number of OCTETs, sent to the recipient or, in the case of the HEAD 
+/// The Content-Length entity-header field indicates the size of the entity-body,
+/// in decimal number of OCTETs, sent to the recipient or, in the case of the HEAD
 /// method, the size of the entity-body that would have been sent had the request been a GET.
 ///
 #define HTTP_HEADER_CONTENT_LENGTH     "Content-Length"
-                                                                                                              
+
 ///
 /// Transfer-Encoding Header
-/// The Transfer-Encoding general-header field indicates what (if any) type of transformation 
-/// has been applied to the message body in order to safely transfer it between the sender 
-/// and the recipient. This differs from the content-coding in that the transfer-coding 
+/// The Transfer-Encoding general-header field indicates what (if any) type of transformation
+/// has been applied to the message body in order to safely transfer it between the sender
+/// and the recipient. This differs from the content-coding in that the transfer-coding
 /// is a property of the message, not of the entity.
 ///
 #define HTTP_HEADER_TRANSFER_ENCODING  "Transfer-Encoding"
@@ -156,14 +156,14 @@
 
 ///
 /// User Agent Request Header
-/// 
-/// The User-Agent request-header field contains information about the user agent originating 
-/// the request. This is for statistical purposes, the tracing of protocol violations, and 
-/// automated recognition of user agents for the sake of tailoring responses to avoid 
-/// particular user agent limitations. User agents SHOULD include this field with requests. 
-/// The field can contain multiple product tokens and comments identifying the agent and any 
-/// subproducts which form a significant part of the user agent. 
-/// By convention, the product tokens are listed in order of their significance for 
+///
+/// The User-Agent request-header field contains information about the user agent originating
+/// the request. This is for statistical purposes, the tracing of protocol violations, and
+/// automated recognition of user agents for the sake of tailoring responses to avoid
+/// particular user agent limitations. User agents SHOULD include this field with requests.
+/// The field can contain multiple product tokens and comments identifying the agent and any
+/// subproducts which form a significant part of the user agent.
+/// By convention, the product tokens are listed in order of their significance for
 /// identifying the application.
 ///
 #define HTTP_HEADER_USER_AGENT         "User-Agent"
@@ -171,49 +171,49 @@
 ///
 /// Host Request Header
 ///
-/// The Host request-header field specifies the Internet host and port number of the resource 
-/// being requested, as obtained from the original URI given by the user or referring resource 
+/// The Host request-header field specifies the Internet host and port number of the resource
+/// being requested, as obtained from the original URI given by the user or referring resource
 ///
 #define HTTP_HEADER_HOST              "Host"
 
 ///
 /// Location Response Header
-/// 
-/// The Location response-header field is used to redirect the recipient to a location other than 
-/// the Request-URI for completion of the request or identification of a new resource. 
-/// For 201 (Created) responses, the Location is that of the new resource which was created by 
-/// the request. For 3xx responses, the location SHOULD indicate the server's preferred URI for 
+///
+/// The Location response-header field is used to redirect the recipient to a location other than
+/// the Request-URI for completion of the request or identification of a new resource.
+/// For 201 (Created) responses, the Location is that of the new resource which was created by
+/// the request. For 3xx responses, the location SHOULD indicate the server's preferred URI for
 /// automatic redirection to the resource. The field value consists of a single absolute URI.
 ///
 #define HTTP_HEADER_LOCATION           "Location"
 
 ///
 /// The If-Match request-header field is used with a method to make it conditional.
-/// A client that has one or more entities previously obtained from the resource 
-/// can verify that one of those entities is current by including a list of their 
-/// associated entity tags in the If-Match header field. 
-/// The purpose of this feature is to allow efficient updates of cached information 
-/// with a minimum amount of transaction overhead. It is also used, on updating requests, 
-/// to prevent inadvertent modification of the wrong version of a resource. 
+/// A client that has one or more entities previously obtained from the resource
+/// can verify that one of those entities is current by including a list of their
+/// associated entity tags in the If-Match header field.
+/// The purpose of this feature is to allow efficient updates of cached information
+/// with a minimum amount of transaction overhead. It is also used, on updating requests,
+/// to prevent inadvertent modification of the wrong version of a resource.
 /// As a special case, the value "*" matches any current entity of the resource.
 ///
 #define HTTP_HEADER_IF_MATCH          "If-Match"
 
 
 ///
-/// The If-None-Match request-header field is used with a method to make it conditional. 
-/// A client that has one or more entities previously obtained from the resource can verify 
-/// that none of those entities is current by including a list of their associated entity 
-/// tags in the If-None-Match header field. The purpose of this feature is to allow efficient 
-/// updates of cached information with a minimum amount of transaction overhead. It is also used 
-/// to prevent a method (e.g. PUT) from inadvertently modifying an existing resource when the 
+/// The If-None-Match request-header field is used with a method to make it conditional.
+/// A client that has one or more entities previously obtained from the resource can verify
+/// that none of those entities is current by including a list of their associated entity
+/// tags in the If-None-Match header field. The purpose of this feature is to allow efficient
+/// updates of cached information with a minimum amount of transaction overhead. It is also used
+/// to prevent a method (e.g. PUT) from inadvertently modifying an existing resource when the
 /// client believes that the resource does not exist.
 ///
 #define HTTP_HEADER_IF_NONE_MATCH     "If-None-Match"
 
 
 
-/// 
+///
 /// Authorization Request Header
 /// The Authorization field value consists of credentials
 /// containing the authentication information of the user agent for
@@ -223,8 +223,8 @@
 
 ///
 /// ETAG Response Header
-/// The ETag response-header field provides the current value of the entity tag 
-/// for the requested variant. 
+/// The ETag response-header field provides the current value of the entity tag
+/// for the requested variant.
 ///
 #define HTTP_HEADER_ETAG              "ETag"
 

+ 13 - 13
MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/IScsiBootFirmwareTable.h

@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 /** @file
   The definition for iSCSI Boot Firmware Table, it's defined in Microsoft's
-  iSCSI Boot Firmware Table(iBFT) as Defined in ACPI 3.0b Specification. 
-  
-  Copyright (c) 2006 - 2013, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-  This program and the accompanying materials                          
-  are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License         
-  which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at        
-  http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php                                            
+  iSCSI Boot Firmware Table(iBFT) as Defined in ACPI 3.0b Specification.
 
-  THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,                     
-  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.             
+  Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+  This program and the accompanying materials
+  are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+  which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at
+  http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
+
+  THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
 
 **/
 
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ typedef struct {
 } EFI_ACPI_ISCSI_BOOT_FIRMWARE_TABLE_HEADER;
 
 ///
-/// Common Header of Boot Firmware Table Structure 
+/// Common Header of Boot Firmware Table Structure
 ///
 typedef struct {
   UINT8   StructureId;
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ typedef struct {
   UINT16                                               NIC0Offset;
   UINT16                                               Target0Offset;
   UINT16                                               NIC1Offset;
-  UINT16                                               Target1Offset;  
+  UINT16                                               Target1Offset;
 } EFI_ACPI_ISCSI_BOOT_FIRMWARE_TABLE_CONTROL_STRUCTURE;
 
 #define EFI_ACPI_ISCSI_BOOT_FIRMWARE_TABLE_CONTROL_STRUCTURE_VERSION              0x1
@@ -100,8 +100,8 @@ typedef struct {
 
 #define EFI_ACPI_ISCSI_BOOT_FIRMWARE_TABLE_INITIATOR_STRUCTURE_VERSION             0x1
 
-#define EFI_ACPI_ISCSI_BOOT_FIRMWARE_TABLE_INITIATOR_STRUCTURE_FLAG_BLOCK_VALID    BIT0 
-#define EFI_ACPI_ISCSI_BOOT_FIRMWARE_TABLE_INITIATOR_STRUCTURE_FLAG_BOOT_SELECTED  BIT1 
+#define EFI_ACPI_ISCSI_BOOT_FIRMWARE_TABLE_INITIATOR_STRUCTURE_FLAG_BLOCK_VALID    BIT0
+#define EFI_ACPI_ISCSI_BOOT_FIRMWARE_TABLE_INITIATOR_STRUCTURE_FLAG_BOOT_SELECTED  BIT1
 
 ///
 /// NIC Structure

+ 10 - 10
MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/LegacyBiosMpTable.h

@@ -1,17 +1,17 @@
 /** @file
   Defives data structures per MultiProcessor Specification Ver 1.4.
-  
-  The MultiProcessor Specification defines an enhancement to the standard 
+
+  The MultiProcessor Specification defines an enhancement to the standard
   to which PC manufacturers design DOS-compatible systems.
 
-Copyright (c) 2007 - 2011, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials                          
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License         
-which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at        
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php                                            
-                                                                                          
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,                     
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.             
+Copyright (c) 2007 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+This program and the accompanying materials
+are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at
+http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
+
+THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
 
 **/
 

+ 7 - 7
MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/Mbr.h

@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
 /** @file
   Legacy Master Boot Record Format Definition.
 
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials                          
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License         
-which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at        
+Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+This program and the accompanying materials
+are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at
 http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-                                                                                          
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,                     
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.             
+
+THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
 
 **/
 

+ 11 - 11
MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/MemoryMappedConfigurationSpaceAccessTable.h

@@ -1,16 +1,16 @@
 /** @file
-  ACPI memory mapped configuration space access table definition, defined at 
+  ACPI memory mapped configuration space access table definition, defined at
   in the PCI Firmware Specification, version 3.0.
   Specification is available at http://www.pcisig.com.
-    
-  Copyright (c) 2007 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-  This program and the accompanying materials                          
-  are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License         
-  which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at        
-  http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php                                            
-
-  THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,                     
-  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.             
+
+  Copyright (c) 2007 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+  This program and the accompanying materials
+  are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+  which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at
+  http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
+
+  THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
 **/
 
 #ifndef _MEMORY_MAPPED_CONFIGURATION_SPACE_ACCESS_TABLE_H_
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ typedef struct {
 } EFI_ACPI_MEMORY_MAPPED_ENHANCED_CONFIGURATION_SPACE_BASE_ADDRESS_ALLOCATION_STRUCTURE;
 
 ///
-/// MCFG Table header definition.  The rest of the table 
+/// MCFG Table header definition.  The rest of the table
 /// must be defined in a platform specific manner.
 ///
 typedef struct {

+ 2 - 2
MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/MemoryOverwriteRequestControlLock.h

@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /** @file
-  Support for Microsoft Secure MOR implementation, defined at 
+  Support for Microsoft Secure MOR implementation, defined at
   Microsoft Secure MOR implementation.
   https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/hardware/mt270973(v=vs.85).aspx
 
-  Copyright (c) 2015 - 2016, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+  Copyright (c) 2015 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
   This program and the accompanying materials
   are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
   which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at

+ 14 - 14
MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/Pal.h

@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
 /** @file
   Main PAL API's defined in Intel Itanium Architecture Software Developer's Manual.
 
-  Copyright (c) 2006 - 2012, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-  This program and the accompanying materials                          
-  are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License         
-  which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at        
-  http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php                                            
+  Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+  This program and the accompanying materials
+  are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+  which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at
+  http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
 
-  THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,                     
-  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.             
+  THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
 
 **/
 
@@ -1152,7 +1152,7 @@ typedef struct {
                                                 ///< be enabled or disabled by
                                                 ///< PAL_PROC_SET_FEATURES. The
                                                 ///< corresponding argument is ignored.
-                                                
+
   UINT64  NoPresentPmi:1;                       ///< Bit37, No INIT, PMI, and LINT pins
                                                 ///< present. Denotes the absence of INIT,
                                                 ///< PMI, LINT0 and LINT1 pins on the
@@ -1163,7 +1163,7 @@ typedef struct {
                                                 ///< enabled or disabled by
                                                 ///< PAL_PROC_SET_FEATURES. The corresponding
                                                 ///< argument is ignored.
-                                                
+
   UINT64  NoSimpleImpInUndefinedIns:1;          ///< Bit38, No Simple
                                                 ///< implementation of
                                                 ///< unimplemented instruction
@@ -1432,7 +1432,7 @@ typedef struct {
                                                 ///<   bit has no effect if BERR
                                                 ///<   signalling is disabled. (See
                                                 ///<   PAL_BUS_GET/SET_FEATURES)
-                                                
+
   UINT64  EnableBerrPromotion:1;                ///< Bit63. Enable BERR promotion. When
                                                 ///<   1, the Bus Error (BERR) signal is
                                                 ///<   promoted to the Bus Initialization
@@ -1757,15 +1757,15 @@ typedef struct {
 
   UINT64  FailedInInsCache:1;           ///< Bit11, Failure located in the
                                         ///< instruction cache.
-                                        
+
   UINT64  Mesi:3;                       ///< Bit14:12,  0 - cache line is invalid. 1 - cache
                                         ///< line is held shared. 2 - cache line is held
                                         ///< exclusive. 3 - cache line is modified. All other
                                         ///< values are reserved.
-                                        
+
   UINT64  MesiIsValid:1;                ///< Bit15, The mesi field in the cache_check
                                         ///< parameter is valid.
-                                        
+
   UINT64  FailedWay:5;                  ///< Bit20:16, Failure located in the way of
                                         ///< the cache indicated by this value.
 
@@ -2288,7 +2288,7 @@ typedef struct {
                                 ///<   ignored or generate an illegal argument in
                                 ///<   procedure calls if the caller sets these
                                 ///<   bits.
-                                
+
   UINT64  ControlSupport:1;     ///< This bit defines if an implementation
                                 ///<  supports control of the PAL self-tests
                                 ///<  via the self-test control word. If

+ 7 - 7
MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/Pci.h

@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
 /** @file
   Support for the latest PCI standard.
 
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2014, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available under 
-the terms and conditions of the BSD License that accompanies this distribution.  
+Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available under
+the terms and conditions of the BSD License that accompanies this distribution.
 The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.                                          
-    
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,                     
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.                                            
+http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.
+
+THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
 
 **/
 

+ 47 - 47
MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/Pci22.h

@@ -7,15 +7,15 @@
     PC Card Standard, 8.0
     PCI Power Management Interface Specifiction, Revision 1.2
 
-  Copyright (c) 2006 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+  Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
   Copyright (c) 2014 - 2015, Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.<BR>
-  This program and the accompanying materials                          
-  are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License         
-  which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at        
-  http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php                                            
+  This program and the accompanying materials
+  are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+  which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at
+  http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
 
-  THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,                     
-  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.             
+  THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
 
 **/
 
@@ -116,8 +116,8 @@ typedef union {
   PCI_TYPE01  Bridge;
 } PCI_TYPE_GENERIC;
 
-/// 
-/// CardBus Conroller Configuration Space, 
+///
+/// CardBus Conroller Configuration Space,
 /// Section 4.5.1, PC Card Standard. 8.0
 ///
 typedef struct {
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ typedef struct {
 #define   PCI_CLASS_MASS_STORAGE_OTHER  0x80
 
 #define PCI_CLASS_NETWORK             0x02
-#define   PCI_CLASS_NETWORK_ETHERNET    0x00  
+#define   PCI_CLASS_NETWORK_ETHERNET    0x00
 #define   PCI_CLASS_NETWORK_TOKENRING   0x01
 #define   PCI_CLASS_NETWORK_FDDI        0x02
 #define   PCI_CLASS_NETWORK_ATM         0x03
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ typedef struct {
 #define     PCI_IF_VGA_8514               0x01
 #define   PCI_CLASS_DISPLAY_XGA         0x01
 #define   PCI_CLASS_DISPLAY_3D          0x02
-#define   PCI_CLASS_DISPLAY_OTHER       0x80  
+#define   PCI_CLASS_DISPLAY_OTHER       0x80
 
 #define PCI_CLASS_MEDIA               0x04
 #define   PCI_CLASS_MEDIA_VIDEO         0x00
@@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ typedef struct {
 #define   PCI_CLASS_BRIDGE_OTHER        0x80
 #define   PCI_CLASS_BRIDGE_ISA_PDECODE  0x80
 
-#define PCI_CLASS_SCC                 0x07  ///< Simple communications controllers 
+#define PCI_CLASS_SCC                 0x07  ///< Simple communications controllers
 #define   PCI_SUBCLASS_SERIAL           0x00
 #define     PCI_IF_GENERIC_XT             0x00
 #define     PCI_IF_16450                  0x01
@@ -228,8 +228,8 @@ typedef struct {
 #define     PCI_IF_8259_PIC               0x00
 #define     PCI_IF_ISA_PIC                0x01
 #define     PCI_IF_EISA_PIC               0x02
-#define     PCI_IF_APIC_CONTROLLER        0x10  ///< I/O APIC interrupt controller , 32 bye none-prefectable memory.  
-#define     PCI_IF_APIC_CONTROLLER2       0x20 
+#define     PCI_IF_APIC_CONTROLLER        0x10  ///< I/O APIC interrupt controller , 32 bye none-prefectable memory.
+#define     PCI_IF_APIC_CONTROLLER2       0x20
 #define   PCI_SUBCLASS_DMA              0x01
 #define     PCI_IF_8237_DMA               0x00
 #define     PCI_IF_ISA_DMA                0x01
@@ -297,25 +297,25 @@ typedef struct {
 
 #define PCI_SECURITY_CONTROLLER       0x10   ///< Encryption and decryption controller
 #define   PCI_SUBCLASS_NET_COMPUT       0x00
-#define   PCI_SUBCLASS_ENTERTAINMENT    0x10 
+#define   PCI_SUBCLASS_ENTERTAINMENT    0x10
 #define   PCI_SUBCLASS_SECURITY_OTHER   0x80
 
 #define PCI_CLASS_DPIO                0x11
 #define   PCI_SUBCLASS_DPIO             0x00
 #define   PCI_SUBCLASS_DPIO_OTHER       0x80
 
-/**  
+/**
   Macro that checks whether the Base Class code of device matched.
 
   @param  _p      Specified device.
   @param  c       Base Class code needs matching.
 
   @retval TRUE    Base Class code matches the specified device.
-  @retval FALSE   Base Class code doesn't match the specified device.         
+  @retval FALSE   Base Class code doesn't match the specified device.
 
 **/
 #define IS_CLASS1(_p, c)              ((_p)->Hdr.ClassCode[2] == (c))
-/**  
+/**
   Macro that checks whether the Base Class code and Sub-Class code of device matched.
 
   @param  _p      Specified device.
@@ -323,11 +323,11 @@ typedef struct {
   @param  s       Sub-Class code needs matching.
 
   @retval TRUE    Base Class code and Sub-Class code match the specified device.
-  @retval FALSE   Base Class code and Sub-Class code don't match the specified device.         
+  @retval FALSE   Base Class code and Sub-Class code don't match the specified device.
 
 **/
 #define IS_CLASS2(_p, c, s)           (IS_CLASS1 (_p, c) && ((_p)->Hdr.ClassCode[1] == (s)))
-/**  
+/**
   Macro that checks whether the Base Class code, Sub-Class code and Interface code of device matched.
 
   @param  _p      Specified device.
@@ -336,12 +336,12 @@ typedef struct {
   @param  p       Interface code needs matching.
 
   @retval TRUE    Base Class code, Sub-Class code and Interface code match the specified device.
-  @retval FALSE   Base Class code, Sub-Class code and Interface code don't match the specified device.         
+  @retval FALSE   Base Class code, Sub-Class code and Interface code don't match the specified device.
 
 **/
 #define IS_CLASS3(_p, c, s, p)        (IS_CLASS2 (_p, c, s) && ((_p)->Hdr.ClassCode[0] == (p)))
 
-/**  
+/**
   Macro that checks whether device is a display controller.
 
   @param  _p      Specified device.
@@ -351,7 +351,7 @@ typedef struct {
 
 **/
 #define IS_PCI_DISPLAY(_p)            IS_CLASS1 (_p, PCI_CLASS_DISPLAY)
-/**  
+/**
   Macro that checks whether device is a VGA-compatible controller.
 
   @param  _p      Specified device.
@@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ typedef struct {
 
 **/
 #define IS_PCI_VGA(_p)                IS_CLASS3 (_p, PCI_CLASS_DISPLAY, PCI_CLASS_DISPLAY_VGA, PCI_IF_VGA_VGA)
-/**  
+/**
   Macro that checks whether device is an 8514-compatible controller.
 
   @param  _p      Specified device.
@@ -371,7 +371,7 @@ typedef struct {
 
 **/
 #define IS_PCI_8514(_p)               IS_CLASS3 (_p, PCI_CLASS_DISPLAY, PCI_CLASS_DISPLAY_VGA, PCI_IF_VGA_8514)
-/**  
+/**
   Macro that checks whether device is built before the Class Code field was defined.
 
   @param  _p      Specified device.
@@ -381,7 +381,7 @@ typedef struct {
 
 **/
 #define IS_PCI_OLD(_p)                IS_CLASS1 (_p, PCI_CLASS_OLD)
-/**  
+/**
   Macro that checks whether device is a VGA-compatible device built before the Class Code field was defined.
 
   @param  _p      Specified device.
@@ -391,7 +391,7 @@ typedef struct {
 
 **/
 #define IS_PCI_OLD_VGA(_p)            IS_CLASS2 (_p, PCI_CLASS_OLD, PCI_CLASS_OLD_VGA)
-/**  
+/**
   Macro that checks whether device is an IDE controller.
 
   @param  _p      Specified device.
@@ -401,7 +401,7 @@ typedef struct {
 
 **/
 #define IS_PCI_IDE(_p)                IS_CLASS2 (_p, PCI_CLASS_MASS_STORAGE, PCI_CLASS_MASS_STORAGE_IDE)
-/**  
+/**
   Macro that checks whether device is a SCSI bus controller.
 
   @param  _p      Specified device.
@@ -411,7 +411,7 @@ typedef struct {
 
 **/
 #define IS_PCI_SCSI(_p)               IS_CLASS2 (_p, PCI_CLASS_MASS_STORAGE, PCI_CLASS_MASS_STORAGE_SCSI)
-/**  
+/**
   Macro that checks whether device is a RAID controller.
 
   @param  _p      Specified device.
@@ -421,7 +421,7 @@ typedef struct {
 
 **/
 #define IS_PCI_RAID(_p)               IS_CLASS2 (_p, PCI_CLASS_MASS_STORAGE, PCI_CLASS_MASS_STORAGE_RAID)
-/**  
+/**
   Macro that checks whether device is an ISA bridge.
 
   @param  _p      Specified device.
@@ -431,7 +431,7 @@ typedef struct {
 
 **/
 #define IS_PCI_LPC(_p)                IS_CLASS2 (_p, PCI_CLASS_BRIDGE, PCI_CLASS_BRIDGE_ISA)
-/**  
+/**
   Macro that checks whether device is a PCI-to-PCI bridge.
 
   @param  _p      Specified device.
@@ -441,7 +441,7 @@ typedef struct {
 
 **/
 #define IS_PCI_P2P(_p)                IS_CLASS3 (_p, PCI_CLASS_BRIDGE, PCI_CLASS_BRIDGE_P2P, PCI_IF_BRIDGE_P2P)
-/**  
+/**
   Macro that checks whether device is a Subtractive Decode PCI-to-PCI bridge.
 
   @param  _p      Specified device.
@@ -451,7 +451,7 @@ typedef struct {
 
 **/
 #define IS_PCI_P2P_SUB(_p)            IS_CLASS3 (_p, PCI_CLASS_BRIDGE, PCI_CLASS_BRIDGE_P2P, PCI_IF_BRIDGE_P2P_SUBTRACTIVE)
-/**  
+/**
   Macro that checks whether device is a 16550-compatible serial controller.
 
   @param  _p      Specified device.
@@ -461,7 +461,7 @@ typedef struct {
 
 **/
 #define IS_PCI_16550_SERIAL(_p)       IS_CLASS3 (_p, PCI_CLASS_SCC, PCI_SUBCLASS_SERIAL, PCI_IF_16550)
-/**  
+/**
   Macro that checks whether device is a Universal Serial Bus controller.
 
   @param  _p      Specified device.
@@ -473,7 +473,7 @@ typedef struct {
 #define IS_PCI_USB(_p)                IS_CLASS2 (_p, PCI_CLASS_SERIAL, PCI_CLASS_SERIAL_USB)
 
 //
-// the definition of Header Type 
+// the definition of Header Type
 //
 #define HEADER_TYPE_DEVICE            0x00
 #define HEADER_TYPE_PCI_TO_PCI_BRIDGE 0x01
@@ -483,7 +483,7 @@ typedef struct {
 // Mask of Header type
 //
 #define HEADER_LAYOUT_CODE            0x7f
-/**  
+/**
   Macro that checks whether device is a PCI-PCI bridge.
 
   @param  _p      Specified device.
@@ -493,7 +493,7 @@ typedef struct {
 
 **/
 #define IS_PCI_BRIDGE(_p)             (((_p)->Hdr.HeaderType & HEADER_LAYOUT_CODE) == (HEADER_TYPE_PCI_TO_PCI_BRIDGE))
-/**  
+/**
   Macro that checks whether device is a CardBus bridge.
 
   @param  _p      Specified device.
@@ -503,7 +503,7 @@ typedef struct {
 
 **/
 #define IS_CARDBUS_BRIDGE(_p)         (((_p)->Hdr.HeaderType & HEADER_LAYOUT_CODE) == (HEADER_TYPE_CARDBUS_BRIDGE))
-/**  
+/**
   Macro that checks whether device is a multiple functions device.
 
   @param  _p      Specified device.
@@ -548,17 +548,17 @@ typedef struct {
 //
 // defined in PCI-to-PCI Bridge Architecture Specification
 //
-#define PCI_BRIDGE_PRIMARY_BUS_REGISTER_OFFSET      0x18   
-#define PCI_BRIDGE_SECONDARY_BUS_REGISTER_OFFSET    0x19   
-#define PCI_BRIDGE_SUBORDINATE_BUS_REGISTER_OFFSET  0x1a   
+#define PCI_BRIDGE_PRIMARY_BUS_REGISTER_OFFSET      0x18
+#define PCI_BRIDGE_SECONDARY_BUS_REGISTER_OFFSET    0x19
+#define PCI_BRIDGE_SUBORDINATE_BUS_REGISTER_OFFSET  0x1a
 #define PCI_BRIDGE_SECONDARY_LATENCY_TIMER_OFFSET   0x1b
-#define PCI_BRIDGE_STATUS_REGISTER_OFFSET           0x1E   
-#define PCI_BRIDGE_CONTROL_REGISTER_OFFSET          0x3E   
+#define PCI_BRIDGE_STATUS_REGISTER_OFFSET           0x1E
+#define PCI_BRIDGE_CONTROL_REGISTER_OFFSET          0x3E
 
 ///
 /// Interrupt Line "Unknown" or "No connection" value defined for x86 based system
 ///
-#define PCI_INT_LINE_UNKNOWN                        0xFF               
+#define PCI_INT_LINE_UNKNOWN                        0xFF
 
 ///
 /// PCI Access Data Format
@@ -770,7 +770,7 @@ typedef struct {
 } EFI_PCI_CAPABILITY_MSI64;
 
 ///
-/// Capability EFI_PCI_CAPABILITY_ID_HOTPLUG, 
+/// Capability EFI_PCI_CAPABILITY_ID_HOTPLUG,
 /// CompactPCI Hot Swap Specification PICMG 2.1, R1.0
 ///
 typedef struct {
@@ -789,8 +789,8 @@ typedef struct {
 
 ///
 /// EFI PCI Option ROM definitions
-/// 
-#define EFI_ROOT_BRIDGE_LIST                            'eprb'  
+///
+#define EFI_ROOT_BRIDGE_LIST                            'eprb'
 #define EFI_PCI_EXPANSION_ROM_HEADER_EFISIGNATURE       0x0EF1  ///< defined in UEFI Spec.
 
 #define PCI_EXPANSION_ROM_HEADER_SIGNATURE              0xaa55

+ 9 - 9
MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/Pci23.h

@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
 /** @file
   Support for PCI 2.3 standard.
 
-  Copyright (c) 2006 - 2012, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-  This program and the accompanying materials                          
-  are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License         
-  which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at        
-  http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.                                            
+  Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+  This program and the accompanying materials
+  are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+  which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at
+  http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.
 
-  THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,                     
-  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.             
+  THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
 
 **/
 
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@
 
 #pragma pack(1)
 ///
-/// PCI-X Capabilities List, 
+/// PCI-X Capabilities List,
 /// Section 7.2, PCI-X Addendum to the PCI Local Bus Specification, Revision 1.0b.
 ///
 typedef struct {
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ typedef struct {
 } EFI_PCI_CAPABILITY_PCIX;
 
 ///
-/// PCI-X Bridge Capabilities List, 
+/// PCI-X Bridge Capabilities List,
 /// Section 8.6.2, PCI-X Addendum to the PCI Local Bus Specification, Revision 1.0b.
 ///
 typedef struct {

+ 8 - 8
MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/Pci30.h

@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
 /** @file
   Support for PCI 3.0 standard.
 
-  Copyright (c) 2006 - 2012, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-  This program and the accompanying materials                          
-  are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License         
-  which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at        
-  http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php                                            
-
-  THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,                     
-  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.             
+  Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+  This program and the accompanying materials
+  are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+  which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at
+  http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
+
+  THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
 
 **/
 

+ 7 - 7
MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/PciCodeId.h

@@ -2,14 +2,14 @@
   The file lists the PCI class codes only defined in PCI code and ID assignment specification
   revision 1.3.
 
-  Copyright (c) 2012, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-  This program and the accompanying materials                          
-  are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License         
-  which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at        
-  http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php                                            
+  Copyright (c) 2012 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+  This program and the accompanying materials
+  are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+  which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at
+  http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
 
-  THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,                     
-  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.             
+  THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
 
 **/
 

+ 9 - 9
MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/PciExpress21.h

@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 /** @file
   Support for the latest PCI standard.
 
-  Copyright (c) 2006 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-  (C) Copyright 2016 Hewlett Packard Enterprise Development LP<BR>  
-  This program and the accompanying materials                          
-  are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License         
-  which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at        
-  http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php                                            
-
-  THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,                     
-  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.             
+  Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+  (C) Copyright 2016 Hewlett Packard Enterprise Development LP<BR>
+  This program and the accompanying materials
+  are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+  which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at
+  http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
+
+  THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
 
 **/
 

+ 8 - 8
MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/PciExpress30.h

@@ -3,14 +3,14 @@
 
   This header file may not define all structures.  Please extend as required.
 
-  Copyright (c) 2014 - 2016, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-  This program and the accompanying materials                          
-  are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License         
-  which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at        
-  http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php                                            
-
-  THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,                     
-  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.             
+  Copyright (c) 2014 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+  This program and the accompanying materials
+  are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+  which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at
+  http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
+
+  THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
 
 **/
 

+ 21 - 21
MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/PeImage.h

@@ -1,21 +1,21 @@
 /** @file
-  EFI image format for PE32, PE32+ and TE. Please note some data structures are 
-  different for PE32 and PE32+. EFI_IMAGE_NT_HEADERS32 is for PE32 and 
-  EFI_IMAGE_NT_HEADERS64 is for PE32+. 
+  EFI image format for PE32, PE32+ and TE. Please note some data structures are
+  different for PE32 and PE32+. EFI_IMAGE_NT_HEADERS32 is for PE32 and
+  EFI_IMAGE_NT_HEADERS64 is for PE32+.
 
-  This file is coded to the Visual Studio, Microsoft Portable Executable and 
+  This file is coded to the Visual Studio, Microsoft Portable Executable and
   Common Object File Format Specification, Revision 8.3 - February 6, 2013.
   This file also includes some definitions in PI Specification, Revision 1.0.
 
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2010, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
 Portions copyright (c) 2008 - 2009, Apple Inc. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials                          
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License         
-which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at        
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.                                           
+This program and the accompanying materials
+are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at
+http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.
 
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,                     
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.             
+THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
 
 **/
 
@@ -134,12 +134,12 @@ typedef struct {
 
 ///
 /// @attention
-/// EFI_IMAGE_NT_OPTIONAL_HDR32_MAGIC means PE32 and 
+/// EFI_IMAGE_NT_OPTIONAL_HDR32_MAGIC means PE32 and
 /// EFI_IMAGE_OPTIONAL_HEADER32 must be used. The data structures only vary
 /// after NT additional fields.
 ///
 #define EFI_IMAGE_NT_OPTIONAL_HDR32_MAGIC 0x10b
-          
+
 ///
 /// Optional Header Standard Fields for PE32.
 ///
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ typedef struct {
 
 ///
 /// @attention
-/// EFI_IMAGE_NT_OPTIONAL_HDR64_MAGIC means PE32+ and 
+/// EFI_IMAGE_NT_OPTIONAL_HDR64_MAGIC means PE32+ and
 /// EFI_IMAGE_OPTIONAL_HEADER64 must be used. The data structures only vary
 /// after NT additional fields.
 ///
@@ -296,7 +296,7 @@ typedef struct {
 /// Size of EFI_IMAGE_SECTION_HEADER.
 ///
 #define EFI_IMAGE_SIZEOF_SECTION_HEADER       40
-         
+
 //
 // Section Flags Values
 //
@@ -304,12 +304,12 @@ typedef struct {
 #define EFI_IMAGE_SCN_CNT_CODE                     BIT5   ///< 0x00000020
 #define EFI_IMAGE_SCN_CNT_INITIALIZED_DATA         BIT6   ///< 0x00000040
 #define EFI_IMAGE_SCN_CNT_UNINITIALIZED_DATA       BIT7   ///< 0x00000080
-                                                   
+
 #define EFI_IMAGE_SCN_LNK_OTHER                    BIT8   ///< 0x00000100  ///< Reserved.
 #define EFI_IMAGE_SCN_LNK_INFO                     BIT9   ///< 0x00000200  ///< Section contains comments or some other type of information.
 #define EFI_IMAGE_SCN_LNK_REMOVE                   BIT11  ///< 0x00000800  ///< Section contents will not become part of image.
 #define EFI_IMAGE_SCN_LNK_COMDAT                   BIT12  ///< 0x00001000
-                                                   
+
 #define EFI_IMAGE_SCN_ALIGN_1BYTES                 BIT20  ///< 0x00100000
 #define EFI_IMAGE_SCN_ALIGN_2BYTES                 BIT21  ///< 0x00200000
 #define EFI_IMAGE_SCN_ALIGN_4BYTES          (BIT20|BIT21) ///< 0x00300000
@@ -317,7 +317,7 @@ typedef struct {
 #define EFI_IMAGE_SCN_ALIGN_16BYTES         (BIT20|BIT22) ///< 0x00500000
 #define EFI_IMAGE_SCN_ALIGN_32BYTES         (BIT21|BIT22) ///< 0x00600000
 #define EFI_IMAGE_SCN_ALIGN_64BYTES   (BIT20|BIT21|BIT22) ///< 0x00700000
-                                              
+
 #define EFI_IMAGE_SCN_MEM_DISCARDABLE              BIT25  ///< 0x02000000
 #define EFI_IMAGE_SCN_MEM_NOT_CACHED               BIT26  ///< 0x04000000
 #define EFI_IMAGE_SCN_MEM_NOT_PAGED                BIT27  ///< 0x08000000
@@ -415,7 +415,7 @@ typedef struct {
 #define EFI_IMAGE_COMDAT_SELECT_SAME_SIZE       3
 #define EFI_IMAGE_COMDAT_SELECT_EXACT_MATCH     4
 #define EFI_IMAGE_COMDAT_SELECT_ASSOCIATIVE     5
-                                       
+
 //
 // the following values only be referred in PeCoff, not defined in PECOFF.
 //
@@ -450,9 +450,9 @@ typedef struct {
 #define EFI_IMAGE_REL_I386_SECREL   0x000B
 #define EFI_IMAGE_REL_I386_REL32    0x0014  ///< PC-relative 32-bit reference to the symbols virtual address.
 
-// 
+//
 // x64 processor relocation types.
-// 
+//
 #define IMAGE_REL_AMD64_ABSOLUTE  0x0000
 #define IMAGE_REL_AMD64_ADDR64    0x0001
 #define IMAGE_REL_AMD64_ADDR32    0x0002

+ 19 - 19
MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/Sal.h

@@ -2,14 +2,14 @@
   Main SAL API's defined in Intel Itanium Processor Family System Abstraction
   Layer Specification Revision 3.2 (December 2003)
 
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2010, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available under 
-the terms and conditions of the BSD License that accompanies this distribution.  
+Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available under
+the terms and conditions of the BSD License that accompanies this distribution.
 The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.                                          
-    
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,                     
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.             
+http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.
+
+THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
 
 **/
 
@@ -17,16 +17,16 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
 #define __SAL_API_H__
 
 ///
-/// SAL return status type 
+/// SAL return status type
 ///
 typedef INTN EFI_SAL_STATUS;
 
 ///
-/// Call completed without error. 
+/// Call completed without error.
 ///
 #define EFI_SAL_SUCCESS               ((EFI_SAL_STATUS) 0)
 ///
-/// Call completed without error, but some information was lost due to overflow. 
+/// Call completed without error, but some information was lost due to overflow.
 ///
 #define EFI_SAL_OVERFLOW              ((EFI_SAL_STATUS) 1)
 ///
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ typedef INTN EFI_SAL_STATUS;
 ///
 #define EFI_SAL_WARM_BOOT_NEEDED      ((EFI_SAL_STATUS) 2)
 ///
-/// More information is available for retrieval. 
+/// More information is available for retrieval.
 ///
 #define EFI_SAL_MORE_RECORDS          ((EFI_SAL_STATUS) 3)
 ///
@@ -46,15 +46,15 @@ typedef INTN EFI_SAL_STATUS;
 ///
 #define EFI_SAL_INVALID_ARGUMENT      ((EFI_SAL_STATUS) - 2)
 ///
-/// Call completed without error. 
+/// Call completed without error.
 ///
 #define EFI_SAL_ERROR                 ((EFI_SAL_STATUS) - 3)
 ///
-/// Virtual address not registered. 
+/// Virtual address not registered.
 ///
 #define EFI_SAL_VIRTUAL_ADDRESS_ERROR ((EFI_SAL_STATUS) - 4)
 ///
-/// No information available. 
+/// No information available.
 ///
 #define EFI_SAL_NO_INFORMATION        ((EFI_SAL_STATUS) - 5)
 ///
@@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ typedef struct {
 
 //
 // Parameter of EFI_SAL_GET_STATE_INFO, EFI_SAL_GET_STATE_INFO_SIZE, and EFI_SAL_CLEAR_STATE_INFO
-// 
+//
 // Type of information
 //
 #define EFI_SAL_MCA_STATE_INFO  0x0
@@ -345,8 +345,8 @@ typedef struct _SAL_UPDATE_PAL_INFO_BLOCK {
 #pragma pack(1)
 typedef struct {
   ///
-  /// The ASCII string representation of "SST_" that confirms the presence of the table. 
-  /// 
+  /// The ASCII string representation of "SST_" that confirms the presence of the table.
+  ///
   UINT32  Signature;
   ///
   /// The length of the entire table in bytes, starting from offset zero and including the
@@ -470,7 +470,7 @@ typedef struct {
   UINT64  NumberOfProcessors;
   UINT64  LocalIDRegister;
 } SAL_COHERENCE_DOMAIN_INFO;
-           
+
 ///
 /// Format of Purge Translation Cache Coherence Domain Entry.
 ///
@@ -504,7 +504,7 @@ typedef struct {
   UINT8   CheckSum;
 } EFI_SAL_FIT_ENTRY;
 //
-// FIT Types 
+// FIT Types
 //
 #define EFI_SAL_FIT_FIT_HEADER_TYPE                0x00
 #define EFI_SAL_FIT_PAL_B_TYPE                     0x01

+ 10 - 10
MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/Scsi.h

@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
 /** @file
   Support for SCSI-2 standard
 
-  Copyright (c) 2006 - 2016, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-  This program and the accompanying materials                          
-  are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License         
-  which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at        
-  http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php                                            
+  Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+  This program and the accompanying materials
+  are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+  which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at
+  http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
 
-  THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,                     
-  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.             
+  THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
 
 **/
 
@@ -346,9 +346,9 @@ typedef struct {
   UINT8 BlockSize0;
   UINT8 Protection;
   UINT8 LogicPerPhysical;
-  UINT8 LowestAlignLogic2;  
-  UINT8 LowestAlignLogic1;    
-  UINT8 Reserved[16];  
+  UINT8 LowestAlignLogic2;
+  UINT8 LowestAlignLogic1;
+  UINT8 Reserved[16];
 } EFI_SCSI_DISK_CAPACITY_DATA16;
 
 typedef struct {

+ 8 - 8
MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/SerialPortConsoleRedirectionTable.h

@@ -1,17 +1,17 @@
 /** @file
   ACPI Serial Port Console Redirection Table as defined by Microsoft in
   http://www.microsoft.com/whdc/system/platform/server/spcr.mspx
-    
-  Copyright (c) 2007 - 2015, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+
+  Copyright (c) 2007 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
   (C) Copyright 2015 Hewlett Packard Enterprise Development LP<BR>
   Copyright (c) 2014 - 2016, ARM Limited. All rights reserved.<BR>
-  This program and the accompanying materials                          
-  are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License         
-  which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at        
-  http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php                                            
+  This program and the accompanying materials
+  are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+  which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at
+  http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
 
-  THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,                     
-  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.             
+  THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
 **/
 
 #ifndef _SERIAL_PORT_CONSOLE_REDIRECTION_TABLE_H_

+ 155 - 155
MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/SmBios.h

@@ -3,13 +3,13 @@
 
 Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
 (C) Copyright 2015-2017 Hewlett Packard Enterprise Development LP<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available under 
-the terms and conditions of the BSD License that accompanies this distribution.  
+This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available under
+the terms and conditions of the BSD License that accompanies this distribution.
 The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.                                          
-    
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,                     
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.             
+http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.
+
+THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
 
 **/
 
@@ -101,10 +101,10 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
 
 ///
 /// Inactive type is added from SMBIOS 2.2. Reference SMBIOS 2.6, chapter 3.3.43.
-/// Upper-level software that interprets the SMBIOS structure-table should bypass an 
+/// Upper-level software that interprets the SMBIOS structure-table should bypass an
 /// Inactive structure just like a structure type that the software does not recognize.
 ///
-#define SMBIOS_TYPE_INACTIVE         0x007E    
+#define SMBIOS_TYPE_INACTIVE         0x007E
 
 ///
 /// End-of-table type is added from SMBIOS 2.2. Reference SMBIOS 2.6, chapter 3.3.44.
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
 
 ///
 /// Types 0 through 127 (7Fh) are reserved for and defined by this
-/// specification. Types 128 through 256 (80h to FFh) are available for system- and OEM-specific information.  
+/// specification. Types 128 through 256 (80h to FFh) are available for system- and OEM-specific information.
 ///
 typedef UINT8  SMBIOS_TYPE;
 
@@ -225,8 +225,8 @@ typedef struct {
   UINT32  PrinterIsSupported                :1;
   UINT32  CgaMonoIsSupported                :1;
   UINT32  NecPc98                           :1;
-  UINT32  ReservedForVendor                 :32; ///< Bits 32-63. Bits 32-47 reserved for BIOS vendor 
-                                                 ///< and bits 48-63 reserved for System Vendor. 
+  UINT32  ReservedForVendor                 :32; ///< Bits 32-63. Bits 32-47 reserved for BIOS vendor
+                                                 ///< and bits 48-63 reserved for System Vendor.
 } MISC_BIOS_CHARACTERISTICS;
 
 ///
@@ -300,7 +300,7 @@ typedef struct {
 ///
 ///  System Wake-up Type.
 ///
-typedef enum {  
+typedef enum {
   SystemWakeupTypeReserved         = 0x00,
   SystemWakeupTypeOther            = 0x01,
   SystemWakeupTypeUnknown          = 0x02,
@@ -314,10 +314,10 @@ typedef enum {
 
 ///
 /// System Information (Type 1).
-/// 
-/// The information in this structure defines attributes of the overall system and is 
+///
+/// The information in this structure defines attributes of the overall system and is
 /// intended to be associated with the Component ID group of the system's MIF.
-/// An SMBIOS implementation is associated with a single system instance and contains 
+/// An SMBIOS implementation is associated with a single system instance and contains
 /// one and only one System Information (Type 1) structure.
 ///
 typedef struct {
@@ -333,7 +333,7 @@ typedef struct {
 } SMBIOS_TABLE_TYPE1;
 
 ///
-///  Base Board - Feature Flags. 
+///  Base Board - Feature Flags.
 ///
 typedef struct {
   UINT8  Motherboard           :1;
@@ -347,7 +347,7 @@ typedef struct {
 ///
 ///  Base Board - Board Type.
 ///
-typedef enum {  
+typedef enum {
   BaseBoardTypeUnknown                  = 0x1,
   BaseBoardTypeOther                    = 0x2,
   BaseBoardTypeServerBlade              = 0x3,
@@ -366,7 +366,7 @@ typedef enum {
 ///
 /// Base Board (or Module) Information (Type 2).
 ///
-/// The information in this structure defines attributes of a system baseboard - 
+/// The information in this structure defines attributes of a system baseboard -
 /// for example a motherboard, planar, or server blade or other standard system module.
 ///
 typedef struct {
@@ -387,7 +387,7 @@ typedef struct {
 ///
 /// System Enclosure or Chassis Types
 ///
-typedef enum {  
+typedef enum {
   MiscChassisTypeOther                = 0x01,
   MiscChassisTypeUnknown              = 0x02,
   MiscChassisTypeDeskTop              = 0x03,
@@ -429,7 +429,7 @@ typedef enum {
 ///
 /// System Enclosure or Chassis States .
 ///
-typedef enum {  
+typedef enum {
   ChassisStateOther           = 0x01,
   ChassisStateUnknown         = 0x02,
   ChassisStateSafe            = 0x03,
@@ -441,7 +441,7 @@ typedef enum {
 ///
 /// System Enclosure or Chassis Security Status.
 ///
-typedef enum {  
+typedef enum {
   ChassisSecurityStatusOther                          = 0x01,
   ChassisSecurityStatusUnknown                        = 0x02,
   ChassisSecurityStatusNone                           = 0x03,
@@ -462,11 +462,11 @@ typedef struct {
 ///
 /// System Enclosure or Chassis (Type 3).
 ///
-/// The information in this structure defines attributes of the system's mechanical enclosure(s).  
-/// For example, if a system included a separate enclosure for its peripheral devices, 
+/// The information in this structure defines attributes of the system's mechanical enclosure(s).
+/// For example, if a system included a separate enclosure for its peripheral devices,
 /// two structures would be returned: one for the main, system enclosure and the second for
 /// the peripheral device enclosure.  The additions to this structure in v2.1 of this specification
-/// support the population of the CIM_Chassis class. 
+/// support the population of the CIM_Chassis class.
 ///
 typedef struct {
   SMBIOS_STRUCTURE            Hdr;
@@ -514,29 +514,29 @@ typedef enum {
 /// Processor Information - Processor Family.
 ///
 typedef enum {
-  ProcessorFamilyOther                  = 0x01, 
+  ProcessorFamilyOther                  = 0x01,
   ProcessorFamilyUnknown                = 0x02,
-  ProcessorFamily8086                   = 0x03, 
+  ProcessorFamily8086                   = 0x03,
   ProcessorFamily80286                  = 0x04,
-  ProcessorFamilyIntel386               = 0x05, 
+  ProcessorFamilyIntel386               = 0x05,
   ProcessorFamilyIntel486               = 0x06,
   ProcessorFamily8087                   = 0x07,
   ProcessorFamily80287                  = 0x08,
-  ProcessorFamily80387                  = 0x09, 
+  ProcessorFamily80387                  = 0x09,
   ProcessorFamily80487                  = 0x0A,
-  ProcessorFamilyPentium                = 0x0B, 
+  ProcessorFamilyPentium                = 0x0B,
   ProcessorFamilyPentiumPro             = 0x0C,
   ProcessorFamilyPentiumII              = 0x0D,
   ProcessorFamilyPentiumMMX             = 0x0E,
   ProcessorFamilyCeleron                = 0x0F,
   ProcessorFamilyPentiumIIXeon          = 0x10,
-  ProcessorFamilyPentiumIII             = 0x11, 
+  ProcessorFamilyPentiumIII             = 0x11,
   ProcessorFamilyM1                     = 0x12,
   ProcessorFamilyM2                     = 0x13,
   ProcessorFamilyIntelCeleronM          = 0x14,
   ProcessorFamilyIntelPentium4Ht        = 0x15,
   ProcessorFamilyAmdDuron               = 0x18,
-  ProcessorFamilyK5                     = 0x19, 
+  ProcessorFamilyK5                     = 0x19,
   ProcessorFamilyK6                     = 0x1A,
   ProcessorFamilyK6_2                   = 0x1B,
   ProcessorFamilyK6_3                   = 0x1C,
@@ -630,7 +630,7 @@ typedef enum {
   ProcessorFamilyAmdPhenomFxQuadCore    = 0x8C,
   ProcessorFamilyAmdPhenomX4QuadCore    = 0x8D,
   ProcessorFamilyAmdPhenomX2DualCore    = 0x8E,
-  ProcessorFamilyAmdAthlonX2DualCore    = 0x8F,  
+  ProcessorFamilyAmdAthlonX2DualCore    = 0x8F,
   ProcessorFamilyPARISC                 = 0x90,
   ProcessorFamilyPaRisc8500             = 0x91,
   ProcessorFamilyPaRisc8000             = 0x92,
@@ -677,7 +677,7 @@ typedef enum {
   ProcessorFamilyIntelCore2DuoMobile    = 0xC4,
   ProcessorFamilyIntelCore2SoloMobile   = 0xC5,
   ProcessorFamilyIntelCoreI7            = 0xC6,
-  ProcessorFamilyDualCoreIntelCeleron   = 0xC7,  
+  ProcessorFamilyDualCoreIntelCeleron   = 0xC7,
   ProcessorFamilyIBM390                 = 0xC8,
   ProcessorFamilyG4                     = 0xC9,
   ProcessorFamilyG5                     = 0xCA,
@@ -736,12 +736,12 @@ typedef enum {
 } PROCESSOR_FAMILY2_DATA;
 
 ///
-/// Processor Information - Voltage. 
+/// Processor Information - Voltage.
 ///
 typedef struct {
-  UINT8  ProcessorVoltageCapability5V        :1; 
-  UINT8  ProcessorVoltageCapability3_3V      :1;  
-  UINT8  ProcessorVoltageCapability2_9V      :1;  
+  UINT8  ProcessorVoltageCapability5V        :1;
+  UINT8  ProcessorVoltageCapability3_3V      :1;
+  UINT8  ProcessorVoltageCapability2_9V      :1;
   UINT8  ProcessorVoltageCapabilityReserved  :1; ///< Bit 3, must be zero.
   UINT8  ProcessorVoltageReserved            :3; ///< Bits 4-6, must be zero.
   UINT8  ProcessorVoltageIndicateLegacy      :1;
@@ -865,13 +865,13 @@ typedef struct {
 ///
 /// Processor Information (Type 4).
 ///
-/// The information in this structure defines the attributes of a single processor; 
-/// a separate structure instance is provided for each system processor socket/slot. 
-/// For example, a system with an IntelDX2 processor would have a single 
+/// The information in this structure defines the attributes of a single processor;
+/// a separate structure instance is provided for each system processor socket/slot.
+/// For example, a system with an IntelDX2 processor would have a single
 /// structure instance, while a system with an IntelSX2 processor would have a structure
-/// to describe the main CPU, and a second structure to describe the 80487 co-processor. 
+/// to describe the main CPU, and a second structure to describe the 80487 co-processor.
 ///
-typedef struct { 
+typedef struct {
   SMBIOS_STRUCTURE      Hdr;
   SMBIOS_TABLE_STRING   Socket;
   UINT8                 ProcessorType;          ///< The enumeration value from PROCESSOR_TYPE_DATA.
@@ -913,7 +913,7 @@ typedef struct {
 ///
 /// Memory Controller Error Detecting Method.
 ///
-typedef enum {  
+typedef enum {
   ErrorDetectingMethodOther   = 0x01,
   ErrorDetectingMethodUnknown = 0x02,
   ErrorDetectingMethodNone    = 0x03,
@@ -940,7 +940,7 @@ typedef struct {
 ///
 /// Memory Controller Information - Interleave Support.
 ///
-typedef enum {  
+typedef enum {
   MemoryInterleaveOther      = 0x01,
   MemoryInterleaveUnknown    = 0x02,
   MemoryInterleaveOneWay     = 0x03,
@@ -965,10 +965,10 @@ typedef struct {
 ///
 /// Memory Controller Information (Type 5, Obsolete).
 ///
-/// The information in this structure defines the attributes of the system's memory controller(s) 
-/// and the supported attributes of any memory-modules present in the sockets controlled by 
-/// this controller. 
-/// Note: This structure, and its companion Memory Module Information (Type 6, Obsolete), 
+/// The information in this structure defines the attributes of the system's memory controller(s)
+/// and the supported attributes of any memory-modules present in the sockets controlled by
+/// this controller.
+/// Note: This structure, and its companion Memory Module Information (Type 6, Obsolete),
 /// are obsolete starting with version 2.1 of this specification. The Physical Memory Array (Type 16)
 /// and Memory Device (Type 17) structures should be used instead.  BIOS providers might
 /// choose to implement both memory description types to allow existing DMI browsers
@@ -979,7 +979,7 @@ typedef struct {
   UINT8                           ErrDetectMethod;            ///< The enumeration value from MEMORY_ERROR_DETECT_METHOD.
   MEMORY_ERROR_CORRECT_CAPABILITY ErrCorrectCapability;
   UINT8                           SupportInterleave;          ///< The enumeration value from MEMORY_SUPPORT_INTERLEAVE_TYPE.
-  UINT8                           CurrentInterleave;          ///< The enumeration value from MEMORY_SUPPORT_INTERLEAVE_TYPE .     
+  UINT8                           CurrentInterleave;          ///< The enumeration value from MEMORY_SUPPORT_INTERLEAVE_TYPE .
   UINT8                           MaxMemoryModuleSize;
   MEMORY_SPEED_TYPE               SupportSpeed;
   UINT16                          SupportMemoryType;
@@ -1017,11 +1017,11 @@ typedef struct {
 ///
 /// Memory Module Information (Type 6, Obsolete)
 ///
-/// One Memory Module Information structure is included for each memory-module socket 
+/// One Memory Module Information structure is included for each memory-module socket
 /// in the system.  The structure describes the speed, type, size, and error status
-/// of each system memory module.  The supported attributes of each module are described 
-/// by the "owning" Memory Controller Information structure.  
-/// Note:  This structure, and its companion Memory Controller Information (Type 5, Obsolete), 
+/// of each system memory module.  The supported attributes of each module are described
+/// by the "owning" Memory Controller Information structure.
+/// Note:  This structure, and its companion Memory Controller Information (Type 5, Obsolete),
 /// are obsolete starting with version 2.1 of this specification. The Physical Memory Array (Type 16)
 /// and Memory Device (Type 17) structures should be used instead.
 ///
@@ -1063,7 +1063,7 @@ typedef enum {
 } CACHE_ERROR_TYPE_DATA;
 
 ///
-/// Cache Information - System Cache Type. 
+/// Cache Information - System Cache Type.
 ///
 typedef enum {
   CacheTypeOther       = 0x01,
@@ -1074,7 +1074,7 @@ typedef enum {
 } CACHE_TYPE_DATA;
 
 ///
-/// Cache Information - Associativity. 
+/// Cache Information - Associativity.
 ///
 typedef enum {
   CacheAssociativityOther        = 0x01,
@@ -1096,7 +1096,7 @@ typedef enum {
 ///
 /// Cache Information (Type 7).
 ///
-/// The information in this structure defines the attributes of CPU cache device in the system. 
+/// The information in this structure defines the attributes of CPU cache device in the system.
 /// One structure is specified for each such device, whether the device is internal to
 /// or external to the CPU module.  Cache modules can be associated with a processor structure
 /// in one or two ways, depending on the SMBIOS version.
@@ -1121,7 +1121,7 @@ typedef struct {
 } SMBIOS_TABLE_TYPE7;
 
 ///
-/// Port Connector Information - Connector Types. 
+/// Port Connector Information - Connector Types.
 ///
 typedef enum {
   PortConnectorTypeNone                   = 0x00,
@@ -1168,7 +1168,7 @@ typedef enum {
 } MISC_PORT_CONNECTOR_TYPE;
 
 ///
-/// Port Connector Information - Port Types 
+/// Port Connector Information - Port Types
 ///
 typedef enum {
   PortTypeNone                      = 0x00,
@@ -1213,8 +1213,8 @@ typedef enum {
 ///
 /// Port Connector Information (Type 8).
 ///
-/// The information in this structure defines the attributes of a system port connector, 
-/// e.g. parallel, serial, keyboard, or mouse ports.  The port's type and connector information 
+/// The information in this structure defines the attributes of a system port connector,
+/// e.g. parallel, serial, keyboard, or mouse ports.  The port's type and connector information
 /// are provided. One structure is present for each port provided by the system.
 ///
 typedef struct {
@@ -1321,7 +1321,7 @@ typedef enum {
 } MISC_SLOT_USAGE;
 
 ///
-/// System Slots - Slot Length. 
+/// System Slots - Slot Length.
 ///
 typedef enum {
   SlotLengthOther   = 0x01,
@@ -1331,7 +1331,7 @@ typedef enum {
 } MISC_SLOT_LENGTH;
 
 ///
-/// System Slots - Slot Characteristics 1. 
+/// System Slots - Slot Characteristics 1.
 ///
 typedef struct {
   UINT8  CharacteristicsUnknown  :1;
@@ -1344,7 +1344,7 @@ typedef struct {
   UINT8  ModemRingResumeSupported:1;
 } MISC_SLOT_CHARACTERISTICS1;
 ///
-/// System Slots - Slot Characteristics 2.  
+/// System Slots - Slot Characteristics 2.
 ///
 typedef struct {
   UINT8  PmeSignalSupported      :1;
@@ -1356,7 +1356,7 @@ typedef struct {
 ///
 /// System Slots (Type 9)
 ///
-/// The information in this structure defines the attributes of a system slot. 
+/// The information in this structure defines the attributes of a system slot.
 /// One structure is provided for each slot in the system.
 ///
 ///
@@ -1379,7 +1379,7 @@ typedef struct {
 } SMBIOS_TABLE_TYPE9;
 
 ///
-/// On Board Devices Information - Device Types. 
+/// On Board Devices Information - Device Types.
 ///
 typedef enum {
   OnBoardDeviceTypeOther          = 0x01,
@@ -1406,10 +1406,10 @@ typedef struct {
 ///
 /// On Board Devices Information (Type 10, obsolete).
 ///
-/// Note: This structure is obsolete starting with version 2.6 specification; the Onboard Devices Extended 
-/// Information (Type 41) structure should be used instead . BIOS providers can choose to implement both 
-/// types to allow existing SMBIOS browsers to properly display the system's onboard devices information.  
-/// The information in this structure defines the attributes of devices that are onboard (soldered onto) 
+/// Note: This structure is obsolete starting with version 2.6 specification; the Onboard Devices Extended
+/// Information (Type 41) structure should be used instead . BIOS providers can choose to implement both
+/// types to allow existing SMBIOS browsers to properly display the system's onboard devices information.
+/// The information in this structure defines the attributes of devices that are onboard (soldered onto)
 /// a system element, usually the baseboard.  In general, an entry in this table implies that the BIOS
 /// has some level of control over the enabling of the associated device for use by the system.
 ///
@@ -1420,8 +1420,8 @@ typedef struct {
 
 ///
 /// OEM Strings (Type 11).
-/// This structure contains free form strings defined by the OEM. Examples of this are: 
-/// Part Numbers for Reference Documents for the system, contact information for the manufacturer, etc. 
+/// This structure contains free form strings defined by the OEM. Examples of this are:
+/// Part Numbers for Reference Documents for the system, contact information for the manufacturer, etc.
 ///
 typedef struct {
   SMBIOS_STRUCTURE      Hdr;
@@ -1431,7 +1431,7 @@ typedef struct {
 ///
 /// System Configuration Options (Type 12).
 ///
-/// This structure contains information required to configure the base board's Jumpers and Switches. 
+/// This structure contains information required to configure the base board's Jumpers and Switches.
 ///
 typedef struct {
   SMBIOS_STRUCTURE      Hdr;
@@ -1442,8 +1442,8 @@ typedef struct {
 ///
 /// BIOS Language Information (Type 13).
 ///
-/// The information in this structure defines the installable language attributes of the BIOS.  
-/// 
+/// The information in this structure defines the installable language attributes of the BIOS.
+///
 typedef struct {
   SMBIOS_STRUCTURE      Hdr;
   UINT8                 InstallableLanguages;
@@ -1463,9 +1463,9 @@ typedef struct {
 ///
 /// Group Associations (Type 14).
 ///
-/// The Group Associations structure is provided for OEMs who want to specify 
-/// the arrangement or hierarchy of certain components (including other Group Associations) 
-/// within the system. 
+/// The Group Associations structure is provided for OEMs who want to specify
+/// the arrangement or hierarchy of certain components (including other Group Associations)
+/// within the system.
 ///
 typedef struct {
   SMBIOS_STRUCTURE      Hdr;
@@ -1475,7 +1475,7 @@ typedef struct {
 
 ///
 /// System Event Log - Event Log Types.
-/// 
+///
 typedef enum {
   EventLogTypeReserved         = 0x00,
   EventLogTypeSingleBitECC     = 0x01,
@@ -1506,8 +1506,8 @@ typedef enum {
 } EVENT_LOG_TYPE_DATA;
 
 ///
-/// System Event Log - Variable Data Format Types. 
-/// 
+/// System Event Log - Variable Data Format Types.
+///
 typedef enum {
   EventLogVariableNone                        = 0x00,
   EventLogVariableHandle                      = 0x01,
@@ -1515,7 +1515,7 @@ typedef enum {
   EventLogVariableMutilEventHandle            = 0x03,
   EventLogVariablePOSTResultBitmap            = 0x04,
   EventLogVariableSysManagementType           = 0x05,
-  EventLogVariableMutliEventSysManagmentType  = 0x06,                               
+  EventLogVariableMutliEventSysManagmentType  = 0x06,
   EventLogVariableUnused                      = 0x07,
   EventLogVariableOEMAssigned                 = 0x80
 } EVENT_LOG_VARIABLE_DATA;
@@ -1531,10 +1531,10 @@ typedef struct {
 ///
 /// System Event Log (Type 15).
 ///
-/// The presence of this structure within the SMBIOS data returned for a system indicates 
-/// that the system supports an event log.  An event log is a fixed-length area within a 
-/// non-volatile storage element, starting with a fixed-length (and vendor-specific) header 
-/// record, followed by one or more variable-length log records. 
+/// The presence of this structure within the SMBIOS data returned for a system indicates
+/// that the system supports an event log.  An event log is a fixed-length area within a
+/// non-volatile storage element, starting with a fixed-length (and vendor-specific) header
+/// record, followed by one or more variable-length log records.
 ///
 typedef struct {
   SMBIOS_STRUCTURE      Hdr;
@@ -1585,7 +1585,7 @@ typedef enum {
 } MEMORY_ARRAY_USE;
 
 ///
-/// Physical Memory Array - Error Correction Types. 
+/// Physical Memory Array - Error Correction Types.
 ///
 typedef enum {
   MemoryErrorCorrectionOther               = 0x01,
@@ -1600,8 +1600,8 @@ typedef enum {
 ///
 /// Physical Memory Array (Type 16).
 ///
-/// This structure describes a collection of memory devices that operate 
-/// together to form a memory address space. 
+/// This structure describes a collection of memory devices that operate
+/// together to form a memory address space.
 ///
 typedef struct {
   SMBIOS_STRUCTURE          Hdr;
@@ -1693,10 +1693,10 @@ typedef struct {
 ///
 /// Memory Device (Type 17).
 ///
-/// This structure describes a single memory device that is part of 
+/// This structure describes a single memory device that is part of
 /// a larger Physical Memory Array (Type 16).
-/// Note:  If a system includes memory-device sockets, the SMBIOS implementation 
-/// includes a Memory Device structure instance for each slot, whether or not the 
+/// Note:  If a system includes memory-device sockets, the SMBIOS implementation
+/// includes a Memory Device structure instance for each slot, whether or not the
 /// socket is currently populated.
 ///
 typedef struct {
@@ -1719,7 +1719,7 @@ typedef struct {
   SMBIOS_TABLE_STRING       PartNumber;
   //
   // Add for smbios 2.6
-  //  
+  //
   UINT8                     Attributes;
   //
   // Add for smbios 2.7
@@ -1735,9 +1735,9 @@ typedef struct {
 } SMBIOS_TABLE_TYPE17;
 
 ///
-/// 32-bit Memory Error Information - Error Type. 
+/// 32-bit Memory Error Information - Error Type.
 ///
-typedef enum {  
+typedef enum {
   MemoryErrorOther             = 0x01,
   MemoryErrorUnknown           = 0x02,
   MemoryErrorOk                = 0x03,
@@ -1755,9 +1755,9 @@ typedef enum {
 } MEMORY_ERROR_TYPE;
 
 ///
-/// 32-bit Memory Error Information - Error Granularity. 
+/// 32-bit Memory Error Information - Error Granularity.
 ///
-typedef enum {  
+typedef enum {
   MemoryGranularityOther               = 0x01,
   MemoryGranularityOtherUnknown        = 0x02,
   MemoryGranularityDeviceLevel         = 0x03,
@@ -1765,9 +1765,9 @@ typedef enum {
 } MEMORY_ERROR_GRANULARITY;
 
 ///
-/// 32-bit Memory Error Information - Error Operation. 
+/// 32-bit Memory Error Information - Error Operation.
 ///
-typedef enum {  
+typedef enum {
   MemoryErrorOperationOther            = 0x01,
   MemoryErrorOperationUnknown          = 0x02,
   MemoryErrorOperationRead             = 0x03,
@@ -1777,8 +1777,8 @@ typedef enum {
 
 ///
 /// 32-bit Memory Error Information (Type 18).
-/// 
-/// This structure identifies the specifics of an error that might be detected 
+///
+/// This structure identifies the specifics of an error that might be detected
 /// within a Physical Memory Array.
 ///
 typedef struct {
@@ -1795,7 +1795,7 @@ typedef struct {
 ///
 /// Memory Array Mapped Address (Type 19).
 ///
-/// This structure provides the address mapping for a Physical Memory Array.  
+/// This structure provides the address mapping for a Physical Memory Array.
 /// One structure is present for each contiguous address range described.
 ///
 typedef struct {
@@ -1814,8 +1814,8 @@ typedef struct {
 ///
 /// Memory Device Mapped Address (Type 20).
 ///
-/// This structure maps memory address space usually to a device-level granularity.  
-/// One structure is present for each contiguous address range described. 
+/// This structure maps memory address space usually to a device-level granularity.
+/// One structure is present for each contiguous address range described.
 ///
 typedef struct {
   SMBIOS_STRUCTURE      Hdr;
@@ -1868,9 +1868,9 @@ typedef enum {
 ///
 /// Built-in Pointing Device (Type 21).
 ///
-/// This structure describes the attributes of the built-in pointing device for the 
+/// This structure describes the attributes of the built-in pointing device for the
 /// system. The presence of this structure does not imply that the built-in
-/// pointing device is active for the system's use! 
+/// pointing device is active for the system's use!
 ///
 typedef struct {
   SMBIOS_STRUCTURE                  Hdr;
@@ -1882,7 +1882,7 @@ typedef struct {
 ///
 /// Portable Battery - Device Chemistry
 ///
-typedef enum {  
+typedef enum {
   PortableBatteryDeviceChemistryOther               = 0x01,
   PortableBatteryDeviceChemistryUnknown             = 0x02,
   PortableBatteryDeviceChemistryLeadAcid            = 0x03,
@@ -1896,8 +1896,8 @@ typedef enum {
 ///
 /// Portable Battery (Type 22).
 ///
-/// This structure describes the attributes of the portable battery(s) for the system.  
-/// The structure contains the static attributes for the group.  Each structure describes 
+/// This structure describes the attributes of the portable battery(s) for the system.
+/// The structure contains the static attributes for the group.  Each structure describes
 /// a single battery pack's attributes.
 ///
 typedef struct {
@@ -1922,11 +1922,11 @@ typedef struct {
 ///
 /// System Reset (Type 23)
 ///
-/// This structure describes whether Automatic System Reset functions enabled (Status).  
+/// This structure describes whether Automatic System Reset functions enabled (Status).
 /// If the system has a watchdog Timer and the timer is not reset (Timer Reset)
-/// before the Interval elapses, an automatic system reset will occur. The system will re-boot 
-/// according to the Boot Option. This function may repeat until the Limit is reached, at which time 
-/// the system will re-boot according to the Boot Option at Limit.  
+/// before the Interval elapses, an automatic system reset will occur. The system will re-boot
+/// according to the Boot Option. This function may repeat until the Limit is reached, at which time
+/// the system will re-boot according to the Boot Option at Limit.
 ///
 typedef struct {
   SMBIOS_STRUCTURE      Hdr;
@@ -1940,7 +1940,7 @@ typedef struct {
 ///
 /// Hardware Security (Type 24).
 ///
-/// This structure describes the system-wide hardware security settings. 
+/// This structure describes the system-wide hardware security settings.
 ///
 typedef struct {
   SMBIOS_STRUCTURE      Hdr;
@@ -1950,10 +1950,10 @@ typedef struct {
 ///
 /// System Power Controls (Type 25).
 ///
-/// This structure describes the attributes for controlling the main power supply to the system. 
-/// Software that interprets this structure uses the month, day, hour, minute, and second values 
-/// to determine the number of seconds until the next power-on of the system.  The presence of  
-/// this structure implies that a timed power-on facility is available for the system. 
+/// This structure describes the attributes for controlling the main power supply to the system.
+/// Software that interprets this structure uses the month, day, hour, minute, and second values
+/// to determine the number of seconds until the next power-on of the system.  The presence of
+/// this structure implies that a timed power-on facility is available for the system.
 ///
 typedef struct {
   SMBIOS_STRUCTURE      Hdr;
@@ -1975,7 +1975,7 @@ typedef struct {
 ///
 /// Voltage Probe (Type 26)
 ///
-/// This describes the attributes for a voltage probe in the system.   
+/// This describes the attributes for a voltage probe in the system.
 /// Each structure describes a single voltage probe.
 ///
 typedef struct {
@@ -2002,9 +2002,9 @@ typedef struct {
 ///
 /// Cooling Device (Type 27)
 ///
-/// This structure describes the attributes for a cooling device in the system.  
-/// Each structure describes a single cooling device. 
-/// 
+/// This structure describes the attributes for a cooling device in the system.
+/// Each structure describes a single cooling device.
+///
 typedef struct {
   SMBIOS_STRUCTURE                  Hdr;
   UINT16                            TemperatureProbeHandle;
@@ -2029,8 +2029,8 @@ typedef struct {
 ///
 /// Temperature Probe (Type 28).
 ///
-/// This structure describes the attributes for a temperature probe in the system.  
-/// Each structure describes a single temperature probe. 
+/// This structure describes the attributes for a temperature probe in the system.
+/// Each structure describes a single temperature probe.
 ///
 typedef struct {
   SMBIOS_STRUCTURE                  Hdr;
@@ -2057,7 +2057,7 @@ typedef struct {
 /// Electrical Current Probe (Type 29).
 ///
 /// This structure describes the attributes for an electrical current probe in the system.
-/// Each structure describes a single electrical current probe. 
+/// Each structure describes a single electrical current probe.
 ///
 typedef struct {
   SMBIOS_STRUCTURE                        Hdr;
@@ -2075,9 +2075,9 @@ typedef struct {
 ///
 /// Out-of-Band Remote Access (Type 30).
 ///
-/// This structure describes the attributes and policy settings of a hardware facility 
-/// that may be used to gain remote access to a hardware system when the operating system 
-/// is not available due to power-down status, hardware failures, or boot failures. 
+/// This structure describes the attributes and policy settings of a hardware facility
+/// that may be used to gain remote access to a hardware system when the operating system
+/// is not available due to power-down status, hardware failures, or boot failures.
 ///
 typedef struct {
   SMBIOS_STRUCTURE      Hdr;
@@ -2088,8 +2088,8 @@ typedef struct {
 ///
 /// Boot Integrity Services (BIS) Entry Point (Type 31).
 ///
-/// Structure type 31 (decimal) is reserved for use by the Boot Integrity Services (BIS). 
-/// 
+/// Structure type 31 (decimal) is reserved for use by the Boot Integrity Services (BIS).
+///
 typedef struct {
   SMBIOS_STRUCTURE      Hdr;
   UINT8                 Checksum;
@@ -2122,12 +2122,12 @@ typedef enum {
 ///
 /// System Boot Information (Type 32).
 ///
-/// The client system firmware, e.g. BIOS, communicates the System Boot Status to the 
-/// client's Pre-boot Execution Environment (PXE) boot image or OS-present management 
-/// application via this structure. When used in the PXE environment, for example, 
-/// this code identifies the reason the PXE was initiated and can be used by boot-image 
-/// software to further automate an enterprise's PXE sessions.  For example, an enterprise  
-/// could choose to automatically download a hardware-diagnostic image to a client whose 
+/// The client system firmware, e.g. BIOS, communicates the System Boot Status to the
+/// client's Pre-boot Execution Environment (PXE) boot image or OS-present management
+/// application via this structure. When used in the PXE environment, for example,
+/// this code identifies the reason the PXE was initiated and can be used by boot-image
+/// software to further automate an enterprise's PXE sessions.  For example, an enterprise
+/// could choose to automatically download a hardware-diagnostic image to a client whose
 /// reason code indicated either a firmware- or operating system-detected hardware failure.
 ///
 typedef struct {
@@ -2139,9 +2139,9 @@ typedef struct {
 ///
 /// 64-bit Memory Error Information (Type 33).
 ///
-/// This structure describes an error within a Physical Memory Array, 
+/// This structure describes an error within a Physical Memory Array,
 /// when the error address is above 4G (0xFFFFFFFF).
-///    
+///
 typedef struct {
   SMBIOS_STRUCTURE          Hdr;
   UINT8                     ErrorType;                    ///< The enumeration value from MEMORY_ERROR_TYPE.
@@ -2154,7 +2154,7 @@ typedef struct {
 } SMBIOS_TABLE_TYPE33;
 
 ///
-/// Management Device -  Type. 
+/// Management Device -  Type.
 ///
 typedef enum {
   ManagementDeviceTypeOther      = 0x01,
@@ -2173,7 +2173,7 @@ typedef enum {
 } MISC_MANAGEMENT_DEVICE_TYPE;
 
 ///
-/// Management Device -  Address Type. 
+/// Management Device -  Address Type.
 ///
 typedef enum {
   ManagementDeviceAddressTypeOther   = 0x01,
@@ -2186,7 +2186,7 @@ typedef enum {
 ///
 /// Management Device (Type 34).
 ///
-/// The information in this structure defines the attributes of a Management Device.  
+/// The information in this structure defines the attributes of a Management Device.
 /// A Management Device might control one or more fans or voltage, current, or temperature
 /// probes as defined by one or more Management Device Component structures.
 ///
@@ -2201,8 +2201,8 @@ typedef struct {
 ///
 /// Management Device Component (Type 35)
 ///
-/// This structure associates a cooling device or environmental probe with structures 
-/// that define the controlling hardware device and (optionally) the component's thresholds. 
+/// This structure associates a cooling device or environmental probe with structures
+/// that define the controlling hardware device and (optionally) the component's thresholds.
 ///
 typedef struct {
   SMBIOS_STRUCTURE      Hdr;
@@ -2215,8 +2215,8 @@ typedef struct {
 ///
 /// Management Device Threshold Data (Type 36).
 ///
-/// The information in this structure defines threshold information for 
-/// a component (probe or cooling-unit) contained within a Management Device.  
+/// The information in this structure defines threshold information for
+/// a component (probe or cooling-unit) contained within a Management Device.
 ///
 typedef struct {
   SMBIOS_STRUCTURE      Hdr;
@@ -2250,7 +2250,7 @@ typedef enum {
 /// Memory Channel (Type 37)
 ///
 /// The information in this structure provides the correlation between a Memory Channel
-/// and its associated Memory Devices.  Each device presents one or more loads to the channel. 
+/// and its associated Memory Devices.  Each device presents one or more loads to the channel.
 /// The sum of all device loads cannot exceed the channel's defined maximum.
 ///
 typedef struct {
@@ -2331,10 +2331,10 @@ typedef struct {
 } SMBIOS_TABLE_TYPE39;
 
 ///
-/// Additional Information Entry Format. 
+/// Additional Information Entry Format.
 ///
-typedef struct {                       
-  UINT8                   EntryLength; 
+typedef struct {
+  UINT8                   EntryLength;
   UINT16                  ReferencedHandle;
   UINT8                   ReferencedOffset;
   SMBIOS_TABLE_STRING     EntryString;
@@ -2344,13 +2344,13 @@ typedef struct {
 ///
 /// Additional Information (Type 40).
 ///
-/// This structure is intended to provide additional information for handling unspecified 
-/// enumerated values and interim field updates in another structure. 
+/// This structure is intended to provide additional information for handling unspecified
+/// enumerated values and interim field updates in another structure.
 ///
 typedef struct {
   SMBIOS_STRUCTURE                      Hdr;
   UINT8                                 NumberOfAdditionalInformationEntries;
-  ADDITIONAL_INFORMATION_ENTRY          AdditionalInfoEntries[1];  
+  ADDITIONAL_INFORMATION_ENTRY          AdditionalInfoEntries[1];
 } SMBIOS_TABLE_TYPE40;
 
 ///
@@ -2372,10 +2372,10 @@ typedef enum{
 ///
 /// Onboard Devices Extended Information (Type 41).
 ///
-/// The information in this structure defines the attributes of devices that 
-/// are onboard (soldered onto) a system element, usually the baseboard.  
-/// In general, an entry in this table implies that the BIOS has some level of 
-/// control over the enabling of the associated device for use by the system. 
+/// The information in this structure defines the attributes of devices that
+/// are onboard (soldered onto) a system element, usually the baseboard.
+/// In general, an entry in this table implies that the BIOS has some level of
+/// control over the enabling of the associated device for use by the system.
 ///
 typedef struct {
   SMBIOS_STRUCTURE                  Hdr;

+ 7 - 7
MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/SmBus.h

@@ -2,14 +2,14 @@
   This file declares the SMBus definitions defined in SmBus Specifciation V2.0
   and defined in PI1.0 specification volume 5.
 
-  Copyright (c) 2007 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-  This program and the accompanying materials                          
-  are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License         
-  which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at        
-  http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php                                            
+  Copyright (c) 2007 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+  This program and the accompanying materials
+  are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+  which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at
+  http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
 
-  THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,                     
-  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.             
+  THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
 
 **/
 

+ 6 - 6
MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/TcgPhysicalPresence.h

@@ -1,13 +1,13 @@
 /** @file
   TCG Physical Presence definition.
 
-Copyright (c) 2015, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials 
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License 
-which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at 
+Copyright (c) 2015 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+This program and the accompanying materials
+are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at
 http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
 
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, 
+THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
 WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
 
 **/
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
 #define TCG_PHYSICAL_PRESENCE_ENABLE                                  1
 #define TCG_PHYSICAL_PRESENCE_DISABLE                                 2
 #define TCG_PHYSICAL_PRESENCE_ACTIVATE                                3
-#define TCG_PHYSICAL_PRESENCE_DEACTIVATE                              4 
+#define TCG_PHYSICAL_PRESENCE_DEACTIVATE                              4
 #define TCG_PHYSICAL_PRESENCE_CLEAR                                   5
 #define TCG_PHYSICAL_PRESENCE_ENABLE_ACTIVATE                         6
 #define TCG_PHYSICAL_PRESENCE_DEACTIVATE_DISABLE                      7

+ 2 - 2
MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/Tls1.h

@@ -91,13 +91,13 @@ typedef struct {
 
 //
 // The length (in bytes) of the TLSPlaintext records payload MUST NOT exceed 2^14.
-// Refers to section 6.2 of RFC5246. 
+// Refers to section 6.2 of RFC5246.
 //
 #define TLS_PLAINTEXT_RECORD_MAX_PAYLOAD_LENGTH   16384
 
 //
 // The length (in bytes) of the TLSCiphertext records payload MUST NOT exceed 2^14 + 2048.
-// Refers to section 6.2 of RFC5246. 
+// Refers to section 6.2 of RFC5246.
 //
 #define TLS_CIPHERTEXT_RECORD_MAX_PAYLOAD_LENGTH   18432
 

+ 13 - 13
MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/Tpm12.h

@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
-/** @file   
+/** @file
   TPM Specification data structures (TCG TPM Specification Version 1.2 Revision 103)
   See http://trustedcomputinggroup.org for latest specification updates
 
-  Copyright (c) 2006 - 2010, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-  This program and the accompanying materials                          
-  are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License         
-  which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at        
-  http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php                                            
+  Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+  This program and the accompanying materials
+  are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+  which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at
+  http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
 
-  THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,                     
-  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.             
+  THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
 **/
 
 
@@ -155,8 +155,8 @@ typedef UINT32                      TPM_KEY_CONTROL;
 ///
 typedef UINT32                      TPM_NV_INDEX;
 ///
-/// The family ID. Family IDs are automatically assigned a sequence number by the TPM. 
-/// A trusted process can set the FamilyID value in an individual row to NULL, which 
+/// The family ID. Family IDs are automatically assigned a sequence number by the TPM.
+/// A trusted process can set the FamilyID value in an individual row to NULL, which
 /// invalidates that row. The family ID resets to NULL on each change of TPM Owner.
 ///
 typedef UINT32                      TPM_FAMILY_ID;
@@ -826,7 +826,7 @@ typedef struct tdTPM_STANY_FLAGS{
 #define TPM_AF_TOSPRESENT           ((TPM_CAPABILITY_AREA) 4)
 
 //
-// All those structures defined in section 7.4, 7.5, 7.6 are not normative and 
+// All those structures defined in section 7.4, 7.5, 7.6 are not normative and
 // thus no definitions here
 //
 // Part 2, section 7.4: TPM_PERMANENT_DATA
@@ -901,7 +901,7 @@ typedef struct tdTPM_STANY_FLAGS{
 
 //
 // Part 2, section 8: PCR Structures
-// 
+//
 
 ///
 /// Part 2, section 8.1: TPM_PCR_SELECTION
@@ -1039,7 +1039,7 @@ typedef struct tdTPM_BOUND_DATA {
 
 //
 // Part 2 section 10: TPM_KEY complex
-// 
+//
 
 //
 // Section 10.1, 10.4, and 10.5 have been defined previously

+ 1 - 1
MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/TpmPtp.h

@@ -520,4 +520,4 @@ typedef union {
 #define PTP_TIMEOUT_C               (200 * 1000)   // 200ms
 #define PTP_TIMEOUT_D               (30 * 1000)    // 30ms
 
-#endif
+#endif

+ 2 - 2
MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/UefiTcgPlatform.h

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /** @file
   TCG EFI Platform Definition in TCG_EFI_Platform_1_20_Final
 
-  Copyright (c) 2006 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+  Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
   This program and the accompanying materials
   are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
   which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ typedef struct {
 
 typedef struct tdEFI_GPT_DATA {
   EFI_PARTITION_TABLE_HEADER  EfiPartitionHeader;
-  UINTN                       NumberOfPartitions; 
+  UINTN                       NumberOfPartitions;
   EFI_PARTITION_ENTRY         Partitions[1];
 } EFI_GPT_DATA;
 

+ 10 - 10
MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/WatchdogActionTable.h

@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
-/** @file   
+/** @file
   ACPI Watchdog Action Table (WADT) as defined at
   Microsoft Hardware Watchdog Timers Design Specification.
 
-  Copyright (c) 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-  This program and the accompanying materials                          
-  are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License         
-  which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at        
-  http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php                                            
+  Copyright (c) 2008 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+  This program and the accompanying materials
+  are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+  which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at
+  http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
 
-  THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,                     
-  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.             
+  THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
 **/
 
 
@@ -36,8 +36,8 @@ typedef struct {
   UINT32                                  TimerPeriod;
   UINT32                                  MaxCount;
   UINT32                                  MinCount;
-  UINT8                                   WatchdogFlags;  
-  UINT8                                   Reserved_61[3];  
+  UINT8                                   WatchdogFlags;
+  UINT8                                   Reserved_61[3];
   UINT32                                  NumberWatchdogInstructionEntries;
 } EFI_ACPI_WATCHDOG_ACTION_1_0_TABLE;
 

+ 8 - 8
MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/WatchdogResourceTable.h

@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
-/** @file   
+/** @file
   ACPI Watchdog Resource Table (WDRT) as defined at
   Microsoft Windows Hardware Developer Central.
 
-  Copyright (c) 2006 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-  This program and the accompanying materials                          
-  are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License         
-  which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at        
-  http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php                                            
+  Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+  This program and the accompanying materials
+  are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+  which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at
+  http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
 
-  THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,                     
-  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.             
+  THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
 **/
 
 #ifndef _WATCHDOG_RESOURCE_TABLE_H_

+ 2 - 2
MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/WindowsSmmSecurityMitigationTable.h

@@ -2,8 +2,8 @@
   Defines Windows SMM Security Mitigation Table
   @ https://msdn.microsoft.com/windows/hardware/drivers/bringup/acpi-system-description-tables#wsmt
 
-  Copyright (c) 2016, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-  This program and the accompanying materials 
+  Copyright (c) 2016 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+  This program and the accompanying materials
   are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
   which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at
   http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php

+ 2 - 2
MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/WindowsUxCapsule.h

@@ -2,8 +2,8 @@
   Defines Windows UX Capsule GUID and layout defined at Microsoft
   Windows UEFI Firmware Update Platform specification
 
-  Copyright (c) 2015, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-  This program and the accompanying materials 
+  Copyright (c) 2015 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+  This program and the accompanying materials
   are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
   which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at
   http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php

+ 9 - 9
MdePkg/Include/Ipf/ProcessorBind.h

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
 /** @file
   Processor or Compiler specific defines and types for Intel Itanium(TM) processors.
 
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available 
+Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available
 under the terms and conditions of the BSD License which accompanies this
 distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at
 http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.
@@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ typedef INT64   INTN;
 #elif defined(_MSC_EXTENSIONS)
   ///
   /// Microsoft* compiler-specific method for EFIAPI calling convention.
-  /// 
+  ///
   #define EFIAPI __cdecl
 #else
   #define EFIAPI
@@ -303,16 +303,16 @@ typedef struct {
 
 /**
   Return the pointer to the first instruction of a function given a function pointer.
-  For Itanium processors, all function calls are made through a PLABEL, so a pointer to a function 
-  is actually a pointer to a PLABEL.  The pointer to the first instruction of the function 
-  is contained within the PLABEL.  This macro may be used to retrieve a pointer to the first 
-  instruction of a function independent of the CPU architecture being used.  This is very 
+  For Itanium processors, all function calls are made through a PLABEL, so a pointer to a function
+  is actually a pointer to a PLABEL.  The pointer to the first instruction of the function
+  is contained within the PLABEL.  This macro may be used to retrieve a pointer to the first
+  instruction of a function independent of the CPU architecture being used.  This is very
   useful when printing function addresses through DEBUG() macros.
-  
+
   @param  FunctionPointer   A pointer to a function.
 
   @return The pointer to the first instruction of a function given a function pointer.
-  
+
 **/
 #define FUNCTION_ENTRY_POINT(FunctionPointer) (VOID *)(UINTN)(((EFI_PLABEL *)(FunctionPointer))->EntryPoint)
 

File diff suppressed because it is too large
+ 147 - 147
MdePkg/Include/Library/BaseLib.h


+ 23 - 23
MdePkg/Include/Library/BaseMemoryLib.h

@@ -1,13 +1,13 @@
 /** @file
   Provides copy memory, fill memory, zero memory, and GUID functions.
-   
-  The Base Memory Library provides optimized implementations for common memory-based operations. 
-  These functions should be used in place of coding your own loops to do equivalent common functions. 
-  This allows optimized library implementations to help increase performance. 
-
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2016, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available under 
-the terms and conditions of the BSD License that accompanies this distribution.  
+
+  The Base Memory Library provides optimized implementations for common memory-based operations.
+  These functions should be used in place of coding your own loops to do equivalent common functions.
+  This allows optimized library implementations to help increase performance.
+
+Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available under
+the terms and conditions of the BSD License that accompanies this distribution.
 The full text of the license may be found at
 http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.
 
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
   This function copies Length bytes from SourceBuffer to DestinationBuffer, and returns
   DestinationBuffer.  The implementation must be reentrant, and it must handle the case
   where SourceBuffer overlaps DestinationBuffer.
-  
+
   If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - DestinationBuffer + 1), then ASSERT().
   If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - SourceBuffer + 1), then ASSERT().
 
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ CopyMem (
   Fills a target buffer with a byte value, and returns the target buffer.
 
   This function fills Length bytes of Buffer with Value, and returns Buffer.
-  
+
   If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - Buffer + 1), then ASSERT().
 
   @param  Buffer    The memory to set.
@@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ SetMemN (
   Fills a target buffer with zeros, and returns the target buffer.
 
   This function fills Length bytes of Buffer with zeros, and returns Buffer.
-  
+
   If Length > 0 and Buffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
   If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - Buffer + 1), then ASSERT().
 
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ ZeroMem (
   If all Length bytes of the two buffers are identical, then 0 is returned.  Otherwise, the
   value returned is the first mismatched byte in SourceBuffer subtracted from the first
   mismatched byte in DestinationBuffer.
-  
+
   If Length > 0 and DestinationBuffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
   If Length > 0 and SourceBuffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
   If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - DestinationBuffer + 1), then ASSERT().
@@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ ZeroMem (
   @return 0                 All Length bytes of the two buffers are identical.
   @retval Non-zero          The first mismatched byte in SourceBuffer subtracted from the first
                             mismatched byte in DestinationBuffer.
-                            
+
 **/
 INTN
 EFIAPI
@@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ CompareMem (
   address to the highest address for an 8-bit value that matches Value.  If a match is found,
   then a pointer to the matching byte in the target buffer is returned.  If no match is found,
   then NULL is returned.  If Length is 0, then NULL is returned.
-  
+
   If Length > 0 and Buffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
   If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - Buffer + 1), then ASSERT().
 
@@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ ScanMem8 (
   address to the highest address for a 16-bit value that matches Value.  If a match is found,
   then a pointer to the matching byte in the target buffer is returned.  If no match is found,
   then NULL is returned.  If Length is 0, then NULL is returned.
-  
+
   If Length > 0 and Buffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
   If Buffer is not aligned on a 16-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
   If Length is not aligned on a 16-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
@@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ ScanMem16 (
   address to the highest address for a 32-bit value that matches Value.  If a match is found,
   then a pointer to the matching byte in the target buffer is returned.  If no match is found,
   then NULL is returned.  If Length is 0, then NULL is returned.
-  
+
   If Length > 0 and Buffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
   If Buffer is not aligned on a 32-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
   If Length is not aligned on a 32-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
@@ -318,7 +318,7 @@ ScanMem32 (
   address to the highest address for a 64-bit value that matches Value.  If a match is found,
   then a pointer to the matching byte in the target buffer is returned.  If no match is found,
   then NULL is returned.  If Length is 0, then NULL is returned.
-  
+
   If Length > 0 and Buffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
   If Buffer is not aligned on a 64-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
   If Length is not aligned on a 64-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
@@ -340,14 +340,14 @@ ScanMem64 (
   );
 
 /**
-  Scans a target buffer for a UINTN sized value, and returns a pointer to the matching 
+  Scans a target buffer for a UINTN sized value, and returns a pointer to the matching
   UINTN sized value in the target buffer.
 
   This function searches target the buffer specified by Buffer and Length from the lowest
   address to the highest address for a UINTN sized value that matches Value.  If a match is found,
   then a pointer to the matching byte in the target buffer is returned.  If no match is found,
   then NULL is returned.  If Length is 0, then NULL is returned.
-  
+
   If Length > 0 and Buffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
   If Buffer is not aligned on a UINTN boundary, then ASSERT().
   If Length is not aligned on a UINTN boundary, then ASSERT().
@@ -367,13 +367,13 @@ ScanMemN (
   IN UINTN       Length,
   IN UINTN       Value
   );
-  
+
 /**
   Copies a source GUID to a destination GUID.
 
   This function copies the contents of the 128-bit GUID specified by SourceGuid to
   DestinationGuid, and returns DestinationGuid.
-  
+
   If DestinationGuid is NULL, then ASSERT().
   If SourceGuid is NULL, then ASSERT().
 
@@ -395,7 +395,7 @@ CopyGuid (
 
   This function compares Guid1 to Guid2.  If the GUIDs are identical then TRUE is returned.
   If there are any bit differences in the two GUIDs, then FALSE is returned.
-  
+
   If Guid1 is NULL, then ASSERT().
   If Guid2 is NULL, then ASSERT().
 
@@ -422,7 +422,7 @@ CompareGuid (
   GUID value that matches Guid.  If a match is found, then a pointer to the matching
   GUID in the target buffer is returned.  If no match is found, then NULL is returned.
   If Length is 0, then NULL is returned.
-  
+
   If Length > 0 and Buffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
   If Buffer is not aligned on a 32-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
   If Length is not aligned on a 128-bit boundary, then ASSERT().

+ 3 - 3
MdePkg/Include/Library/CacheMaintenanceLib.h

@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 /** @file
   Provides services to maintain instruction and data caches.
-  
+
   The Cache Maintenance Library provides abstractions for basic processor cache operations.
   It removes the need to use assembly in C code.
-    
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+
+Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
 This program and the accompanying materials
 are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
 which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at

+ 2 - 2
MdePkg/Include/Library/CpuLib.h

@@ -1,13 +1,13 @@
 /** @file
   Provides CPU architecture specific functions that can not be defined
   in the Base Library due to dependencies on the PAL Library
-  
+
   The CPU Library provides services to flush CPU TLBs and place the CPU in a sleep state.
   The implementation of these services on Itanium processors requires the use of PAL Calls.
   PAL Calls require PEI and DXE specific mechanisms to look up PAL Entry Point.
   As a result, these services could not be defined in the Base Library.
 
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
 This program and the accompanying materials
 are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
 which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at

+ 85 - 85
MdePkg/Include/Library/DebugLib.h

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /** @file
   Provides services to print debug and assert messages to a debug output device.
-  
+
   The Debug library supports debug print and asserts based on a combination of macros and code.
   The debug library can be turned on and off so that the debug code does not increase the size of an image.
 
@@ -8,9 +8,9 @@
   of size reduction when compiler optimization is disabled. If MDEPKG_NDEBUG is
   defined, then debug and assert related macros wrapped by it are the NULL implementations.
 
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2016, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available under 
-the terms and conditions of the BSD License that accompanies this distribution.  
+Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available under
+the terms and conditions of the BSD License that accompanies this distribution.
 The full text of the license may be found at
 http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.
 
@@ -80,15 +80,15 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
 /**
   Prints a debug message to the debug output device if the specified error level is enabled.
 
-  If any bit in ErrorLevel is also set in DebugPrintErrorLevelLib function 
-  GetDebugPrintErrorLevel (), then print the message specified by Format and the 
+  If any bit in ErrorLevel is also set in DebugPrintErrorLevelLib function
+  GetDebugPrintErrorLevel (), then print the message specified by Format and the
   associated variable argument list to the debug output device.
 
   If Format is NULL, then ASSERT().
 
   @param  ErrorLevel  The error level of the debug message.
   @param  Format      The format string for the debug message to print.
-  @param  ...         The variable argument list whose contents are accessed 
+  @param  ...         The variable argument list whose contents are accessed
                       based on the format string specified by Format.
 
 **/
@@ -102,14 +102,14 @@ DebugPrint (
 
 
 /**
-  Prints an assert message containing a filename, line number, and description.  
+  Prints an assert message containing a filename, line number, and description.
   This may be followed by a breakpoint or a dead loop.
 
   Print a message of the form "ASSERT <FileName>(<LineNumber>): <Description>\n"
-  to the debug output device.  If DEBUG_PROPERTY_ASSERT_BREAKPOINT_ENABLED bit of 
-  PcdDebugProperyMask is set then CpuBreakpoint() is called. Otherwise, if 
-  DEBUG_PROPERTY_ASSERT_DEADLOOP_ENABLED bit of PcdDebugProperyMask is set then 
-  CpuDeadLoop() is called.  If neither of these bits are set, then this function 
+  to the debug output device.  If DEBUG_PROPERTY_ASSERT_BREAKPOINT_ENABLED bit of
+  PcdDebugProperyMask is set then CpuBreakpoint() is called. Otherwise, if
+  DEBUG_PROPERTY_ASSERT_DEADLOOP_ENABLED bit of PcdDebugProperyMask is set then
+  CpuDeadLoop() is called.  If neither of these bits are set, then this function
   returns immediately after the message is printed to the debug output device.
   DebugAssert() must actively prevent recursion.  If DebugAssert() is called while
   processing another DebugAssert(), then DebugAssert() must return immediately.
@@ -134,14 +134,14 @@ DebugAssert (
 /**
   Fills a target buffer with PcdDebugClearMemoryValue, and returns the target buffer.
 
-  This function fills Length bytes of Buffer with the value specified by 
+  This function fills Length bytes of Buffer with the value specified by
   PcdDebugClearMemoryValue, and returns Buffer.
 
   If Buffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
-  If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - Buffer + 1), then ASSERT(). 
+  If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - Buffer + 1), then ASSERT().
 
   @param   Buffer  The pointer to the target buffer to be filled with PcdDebugClearMemoryValue.
-  @param   Length  The number of bytes in Buffer to fill with zeros PcdDebugClearMemoryValue. 
+  @param   Length  The number of bytes in Buffer to fill with zeros PcdDebugClearMemoryValue.
 
   @return  Buffer  The pointer to the target buffer filled with PcdDebugClearMemoryValue.
 
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ DebugClearMemory (
 /**
   Returns TRUE if ASSERT() macros are enabled.
 
-  This function returns TRUE if the DEBUG_PROPERTY_DEBUG_ASSERT_ENABLED bit of 
+  This function returns TRUE if the DEBUG_PROPERTY_DEBUG_ASSERT_ENABLED bit of
   PcdDebugProperyMask is set.  Otherwise, FALSE is returned.
 
   @retval  TRUE    The DEBUG_PROPERTY_DEBUG_ASSERT_ENABLED bit of PcdDebugProperyMask is set.
@@ -171,10 +171,10 @@ DebugAssertEnabled (
   );
 
 
-/**  
+/**
   Returns TRUE if DEBUG() macros are enabled.
 
-  This function returns TRUE if the DEBUG_PROPERTY_DEBUG_PRINT_ENABLED bit of 
+  This function returns TRUE if the DEBUG_PROPERTY_DEBUG_PRINT_ENABLED bit of
   PcdDebugProperyMask is set.  Otherwise, FALSE is returned.
 
   @retval  TRUE    The DEBUG_PROPERTY_DEBUG_PRINT_ENABLED bit of PcdDebugProperyMask is set.
@@ -188,10 +188,10 @@ DebugPrintEnabled (
   );
 
 
-/**  
+/**
   Returns TRUE if DEBUG_CODE() macros are enabled.
 
-  This function returns TRUE if the DEBUG_PROPERTY_DEBUG_CODE_ENABLED bit of 
+  This function returns TRUE if the DEBUG_PROPERTY_DEBUG_CODE_ENABLED bit of
   PcdDebugProperyMask is set.  Otherwise, FALSE is returned.
 
   @retval  TRUE    The DEBUG_PROPERTY_DEBUG_CODE_ENABLED bit of PcdDebugProperyMask is set.
@@ -205,10 +205,10 @@ DebugCodeEnabled (
   );
 
 
-/**  
+/**
   Returns TRUE if DEBUG_CLEAR_MEMORY() macro is enabled.
 
-  This function returns TRUE if the DEBUG_PROPERTY_CLEAR_MEMORY_ENABLED bit of 
+  This function returns TRUE if the DEBUG_PROPERTY_CLEAR_MEMORY_ENABLED bit of
   PcdDebugProperyMask is set.  Otherwise, FALSE is returned.
 
   @retval  TRUE    The DEBUG_PROPERTY_CLEAR_MEMORY_ENABLED bit of PcdDebugProperyMask is set.
@@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ DebugPrintLevelEnabled (
   IN  CONST UINTN        ErrorLevel
   );
 
-/**  
+/**
   Internal worker macro that calls DebugAssert().
 
   This macro calls DebugAssert(), passing in the filename, line number, and an
@@ -248,15 +248,15 @@ DebugPrintLevelEnabled (
 #define _ASSERT(Expression)  DebugAssert (__FILE__, __LINE__, #Expression)
 
 
-/**  
+/**
   Internal worker macro that calls DebugPrint().
 
-  This macro calls DebugPrint() passing in the debug error level, a format 
+  This macro calls DebugPrint() passing in the debug error level, a format
   string, and a variable argument list.
   __VA_ARGS__ is not supported by EBC compiler, Microsoft Visual Studio .NET 2003
   and Microsoft Windows Server 2003 Driver Development Kit (Microsoft WINDDK) version 3790.1830.
 
-  @param  Expression  Expression containing an error level, a format string, 
+  @param  Expression  Expression containing an error level, a format string,
                       and a variable argument list based on the format string.
 
 **/
@@ -273,19 +273,19 @@ DebugPrintLevelEnabled (
 #define _DEBUG(Expression)   DebugPrint Expression
 #endif
 
-/**  
+/**
   Macro that calls DebugAssert() if an expression evaluates to FALSE.
 
-  If MDEPKG_NDEBUG is not defined and the DEBUG_PROPERTY_DEBUG_ASSERT_ENABLED 
-  bit of PcdDebugProperyMask is set, then this macro evaluates the Boolean 
-  expression specified by Expression.  If Expression evaluates to FALSE, then 
-  DebugAssert() is called passing in the source filename, source line number, 
+  If MDEPKG_NDEBUG is not defined and the DEBUG_PROPERTY_DEBUG_ASSERT_ENABLED
+  bit of PcdDebugProperyMask is set, then this macro evaluates the Boolean
+  expression specified by Expression.  If Expression evaluates to FALSE, then
+  DebugAssert() is called passing in the source filename, source line number,
   and Expression.
 
   @param  Expression  Boolean expression.
 
 **/
-#if !defined(MDEPKG_NDEBUG)       
+#if !defined(MDEPKG_NDEBUG)
   #define ASSERT(Expression)        \
     do {                            \
       if (DebugAssertEnabled ()) {  \
@@ -299,19 +299,19 @@ DebugPrintLevelEnabled (
   #define ASSERT(Expression)
 #endif
 
-/**  
+/**
   Macro that calls DebugPrint().
 
-  If MDEPKG_NDEBUG is not defined and the DEBUG_PROPERTY_DEBUG_PRINT_ENABLED 
-  bit of PcdDebugProperyMask is set, then this macro passes Expression to 
+  If MDEPKG_NDEBUG is not defined and the DEBUG_PROPERTY_DEBUG_PRINT_ENABLED
+  bit of PcdDebugProperyMask is set, then this macro passes Expression to
   DebugPrint().
 
-  @param  Expression  Expression containing an error level, a format string, 
+  @param  Expression  Expression containing an error level, a format string,
                       and a variable argument list based on the format string.
-  
+
 
 **/
-#if !defined(MDEPKG_NDEBUG)      
+#if !defined(MDEPKG_NDEBUG)
   #define DEBUG(Expression)        \
     do {                           \
       if (DebugPrintEnabled ()) {  \
@@ -322,13 +322,13 @@ DebugPrintLevelEnabled (
   #define DEBUG(Expression)
 #endif
 
-/**  
+/**
   Macro that calls DebugAssert() if an EFI_STATUS evaluates to an error code.
 
-  If MDEPKG_NDEBUG is not defined and the DEBUG_PROPERTY_DEBUG_ASSERT_ENABLED 
-  bit of PcdDebugProperyMask is set, then this macro evaluates the EFI_STATUS 
-  value specified by StatusParameter.  If StatusParameter is an error code, 
-  then DebugAssert() is called passing in the source filename, source line 
+  If MDEPKG_NDEBUG is not defined and the DEBUG_PROPERTY_DEBUG_ASSERT_ENABLED
+  bit of PcdDebugProperyMask is set, then this macro evaluates the EFI_STATUS
+  value specified by StatusParameter.  If StatusParameter is an error code,
+  then DebugAssert() is called passing in the source filename, source line
   number, and StatusParameter.
 
   @param  StatusParameter  EFI_STATUS value to evaluate.
@@ -375,23 +375,23 @@ DebugPrintLevelEnabled (
   #define ASSERT_RETURN_ERROR(StatusParameter)
 #endif
 
-/**  
-  Macro that calls DebugAssert() if a protocol is already installed in the 
+/**
+  Macro that calls DebugAssert() if a protocol is already installed in the
   handle database.
 
-  If MDEPKG_NDEBUG is defined or the DEBUG_PROPERTY_DEBUG_ASSERT_ENABLED bit 
+  If MDEPKG_NDEBUG is defined or the DEBUG_PROPERTY_DEBUG_ASSERT_ENABLED bit
   of PcdDebugProperyMask is clear, then return.
 
-  If Handle is NULL, then a check is made to see if the protocol specified by Guid 
-  is present on any handle in the handle database.  If Handle is not NULL, then 
-  a check is made to see if the protocol specified by Guid is present on the 
-  handle specified by Handle.  If the check finds the protocol, then DebugAssert() 
+  If Handle is NULL, then a check is made to see if the protocol specified by Guid
+  is present on any handle in the handle database.  If Handle is not NULL, then
+  a check is made to see if the protocol specified by Guid is present on the
+  handle specified by Handle.  If the check finds the protocol, then DebugAssert()
   is called passing in the source filename, source line number, and Guid.
 
   If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT().
 
-  @param  Handle  The handle to check for the protocol.  This is an optional 
-                  parameter that may be NULL.  If it is NULL, then the entire 
+  @param  Handle  The handle to check for the protocol.  This is an optional
+                  parameter that may be NULL.  If it is NULL, then the entire
                   handle database is searched.
 
   @param  Guid    The pointer to a protocol GUID.
@@ -421,32 +421,32 @@ DebugPrintLevelEnabled (
 /**
   Macro that marks the beginning of debug source code.
 
-  If the DEBUG_PROPERTY_DEBUG_CODE_ENABLED bit of PcdDebugProperyMask is set, 
+  If the DEBUG_PROPERTY_DEBUG_CODE_ENABLED bit of PcdDebugProperyMask is set,
   then this macro marks the beginning of source code that is included in a module.
-  Otherwise, the source lines between DEBUG_CODE_BEGIN() and DEBUG_CODE_END() 
+  Otherwise, the source lines between DEBUG_CODE_BEGIN() and DEBUG_CODE_END()
   are not included in a module.
 
 **/
 #define DEBUG_CODE_BEGIN()  do { if (DebugCodeEnabled ()) { UINT8  __DebugCodeLocal
 
 
-/**  
+/**
   The macro that marks the end of debug source code.
 
-  If the DEBUG_PROPERTY_DEBUG_CODE_ENABLED bit of PcdDebugProperyMask is set, 
-  then this macro marks the end of source code that is included in a module.  
-  Otherwise, the source lines between DEBUG_CODE_BEGIN() and DEBUG_CODE_END() 
+  If the DEBUG_PROPERTY_DEBUG_CODE_ENABLED bit of PcdDebugProperyMask is set,
+  then this macro marks the end of source code that is included in a module.
+  Otherwise, the source lines between DEBUG_CODE_BEGIN() and DEBUG_CODE_END()
   are not included in a module.
 
 **/
 #define DEBUG_CODE_END()    __DebugCodeLocal = 0; __DebugCodeLocal++; } } while (FALSE)
 
 
-/**  
+/**
   The macro that declares a section of debug source code.
 
-  If the DEBUG_PROPERTY_DEBUG_CODE_ENABLED bit of PcdDebugProperyMask is set, 
-  then the source code specified by Expression is included in a module.  
+  If the DEBUG_PROPERTY_DEBUG_CODE_ENABLED bit of PcdDebugProperyMask is set,
+  then the source code specified by Expression is included in a module.
   Otherwise, the source specified by Expression is not included in a module.
 
 **/
@@ -456,10 +456,10 @@ DebugPrintLevelEnabled (
   DEBUG_CODE_END ()
 
 
-/**  
+/**
   The macro that calls DebugClearMemory() to clear a buffer to a default value.
 
-  If the DEBUG_PROPERTY_CLEAR_MEMORY_ENABLED bit of PcdDebugProperyMask is set, 
+  If the DEBUG_PROPERTY_CLEAR_MEMORY_ENABLED bit of PcdDebugProperyMask is set,
   then this macro calls DebugClearMemory() passing in Address and Length.
 
   @param  Address  The pointer to a buffer.
@@ -475,42 +475,42 @@ DebugPrintLevelEnabled (
 
 
 /**
-  Macro that calls DebugAssert() if the containing record does not have a 
-  matching signature.  If the signatures matches, then a pointer to the data 
-  structure that contains a specified field of that data structure is returned.  
-  This is a lightweight method hide information by placing a public data 
-  structure inside a larger private data structure and using a pointer to the 
+  Macro that calls DebugAssert() if the containing record does not have a
+  matching signature.  If the signatures matches, then a pointer to the data
+  structure that contains a specified field of that data structure is returned.
+  This is a lightweight method hide information by placing a public data
+  structure inside a larger private data structure and using a pointer to the
   public data structure to retrieve a pointer to the private data structure.
 
-  If MDEPKG_NDEBUG is defined or the DEBUG_PROPERTY_DEBUG_ASSERT_ENABLED bit 
+  If MDEPKG_NDEBUG is defined or the DEBUG_PROPERTY_DEBUG_ASSERT_ENABLED bit
   of PcdDebugProperyMask is clear, then this macro computes the offset, in bytes,
-  of the field specified by Field from the beginning of the data structure specified 
-  by TYPE.  This offset is subtracted from Record, and is used to return a pointer 
+  of the field specified by Field from the beginning of the data structure specified
+  by TYPE.  This offset is subtracted from Record, and is used to return a pointer
   to a data structure of the type specified by TYPE.
 
   If MDEPKG_NDEBUG is not defined and the DEBUG_PROPERTY_DEBUG_ASSERT_ENABLED bit
-  of PcdDebugProperyMask is set, then this macro computes the offset, in bytes, 
-  of field specified by Field from the beginning of the data structure specified 
+  of PcdDebugProperyMask is set, then this macro computes the offset, in bytes,
+  of field specified by Field from the beginning of the data structure specified
   by TYPE.  This offset is subtracted from Record, and is used to compute a pointer
-  to a data structure of the type specified by TYPE.  The Signature field of the 
-  data structure specified by TYPE is compared to TestSignature.  If the signatures 
-  match, then a pointer to the pointer to a data structure of the type specified by 
-  TYPE is returned.  If the signatures do not match, then DebugAssert() is called 
-  with a description of "CR has a bad signature" and Record is returned.  
+  to a data structure of the type specified by TYPE.  The Signature field of the
+  data structure specified by TYPE is compared to TestSignature.  If the signatures
+  match, then a pointer to the pointer to a data structure of the type specified by
+  TYPE is returned.  If the signatures do not match, then DebugAssert() is called
+  with a description of "CR has a bad signature" and Record is returned.
 
-  If the data type specified by TYPE does not contain the field specified by Field, 
+  If the data type specified by TYPE does not contain the field specified by Field,
   then the module will not compile.
 
-  If TYPE does not contain a field called Signature, then the module will not 
+  If TYPE does not contain a field called Signature, then the module will not
   compile.
 
-  @param  Record         The pointer to the field specified by Field within a data 
+  @param  Record         The pointer to the field specified by Field within a data
                          structure of type TYPE.
 
-  @param  TYPE           The name of the data structure type to return  This 
-                         data structure must contain the field specified by Field. 
+  @param  TYPE           The name of the data structure type to return  This
+                         data structure must contain the field specified by Field.
 
-  @param  Field          The name of the field in the data structure specified 
+  @param  Field          The name of the field in the data structure specified
                          by TYPE to which Record points.
 
   @param  TestSignature  The 32-bit signature value to match.
@@ -525,5 +525,5 @@ DebugPrintLevelEnabled (
   #define CR(Record, TYPE, Field, TestSignature)                                              \
     BASE_CR (Record, TYPE, Field)
 #endif
-    
+
 #endif

+ 3 - 3
MdePkg/Include/Library/DebugPrintErrorLevelLib.h

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /** @file
   Debug Print Error Level Library class
 
-  Copyright (c) 2011, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+  Copyright (c) 2011 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
   This program and the accompanying materials
   are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
   which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -28,9 +28,9 @@ GetDebugPrintErrorLevel (
 
 /**
   Sets the global debug print error level mask fpr the entire platform.
-  
+
   @param   ErrorLevel     Global debug print error level
-  
+
   @retval  TRUE           The debug print error level mask was successfully set.
   @retval  FALSE          The debug print error level mask could not be set.
 

+ 44 - 44
MdePkg/Include/Library/DevicePathLib.h

@@ -1,12 +1,12 @@
 /** @file
   Provides library functions to construct and parse UEFI Device Paths.
 
-  This library provides defines, macros, and functions to help create and parse 
+  This library provides defines, macros, and functions to help create and parse
   EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL structures.
 
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2013, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available under 
-the terms and conditions of the BSD License that accompanies this distribution.  
+Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available under
+the terms and conditions of the BSD License that accompanies this distribution.
 The full text of the license may be found at
 http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.
 
@@ -81,9 +81,9 @@ DevicePathSubType (
 /**
   Returns the 16-bit Length field of a device path node.
 
-  Returns the 16-bit Length field of the device path node specified by Node.  
+  Returns the 16-bit Length field of the device path node specified by Node.
   Node is not required to be aligned on a 16-bit boundary, so it is recommended
-  that a function such as ReadUnaligned16() be used to extract the contents of 
+  that a function such as ReadUnaligned16() be used to extract the contents of
   the Length field.
 
   If Node is NULL, then ASSERT().
@@ -119,12 +119,12 @@ NextDevicePathNode (
 
 /**
   Determines if a device path node is an end node of a device path.
-  This includes nodes that are the end of a device path instance and nodes that 
+  This includes nodes that are the end of a device path instance and nodes that
   are the end of an entire device path.
 
-  Determines if the device path node specified by Node is an end node of a device path.  
-  This includes nodes that are the end of a device path instance and nodes that are the 
-  end of an entire device path.  If Node represents an end node of a device path, 
+  Determines if the device path node specified by Node is an end node of a device path.
+  This includes nodes that are the end of a device path instance and nodes that are the
+  end of an entire device path.  If Node represents an end node of a device path,
   then TRUE is returned.  Otherwise, FALSE is returned.
 
   If Node is NULL, then ASSERT().
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ NextDevicePathNode (
 
   @retval TRUE      The device path node specified by Node is an end node of a device path.
   @retval FALSE     The device path node specified by Node is not an end node of a device path.
-  
+
 **/
 BOOLEAN
 EFIAPI
@@ -186,8 +186,8 @@ IsDevicePathEndInstance (
 /**
   Sets the length, in bytes, of a device path node.
 
-  Sets the length of the device path node specified by Node to the value specified 
-  by NodeLength.  NodeLength is returned.  Node is not required to be aligned on 
+  Sets the length of the device path node specified by Node to the value specified
+  by NodeLength.  NodeLength is returned.  Node is not required to be aligned on
   a 16-bit boundary, so it is recommended that a function such as WriteUnaligned16()
   be used to set the contents of the Length field.
 
@@ -211,15 +211,15 @@ SetDevicePathNodeLength (
 /**
   Fills in all the fields of a device path node that is the end of an entire device path.
 
-  Fills in all the fields of a device path node specified by Node so Node represents 
-  the end of an entire device path.  The Type field of Node is set to 
-  END_DEVICE_PATH_TYPE, the SubType field of Node is set to 
-  END_ENTIRE_DEVICE_PATH_SUBTYPE, and the Length field of Node is set to 
-  END_DEVICE_PATH_LENGTH.  Node is not required to be aligned on a 16-bit boundary, 
-  so it is recommended that a function such as WriteUnaligned16() be used to set 
-  the contents of the Length field. 
+  Fills in all the fields of a device path node specified by Node so Node represents
+  the end of an entire device path.  The Type field of Node is set to
+  END_DEVICE_PATH_TYPE, the SubType field of Node is set to
+  END_ENTIRE_DEVICE_PATH_SUBTYPE, and the Length field of Node is set to
+  END_DEVICE_PATH_LENGTH.  Node is not required to be aligned on a 16-bit boundary,
+  so it is recommended that a function such as WriteUnaligned16() be used to set
+  the contents of the Length field.
 
-  If Node is NULL, then ASSERT(). 
+  If Node is NULL, then ASSERT().
 
   @param  Node      A pointer to a device path node data structure.
 
@@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ SetDevicePathEndNode (
 /**
   Returns the size of a device path in bytes.
 
-  This function returns the size, in bytes, of the device path data structure 
+  This function returns the size, in bytes, of the device path data structure
   specified by DevicePath including the end of device path node.
   If DevicePath is NULL or invalid, then 0 is returned.
 
@@ -255,15 +255,15 @@ GetDevicePathSize (
   This function allocates space for a new copy of the device path specified by DevicePath.  If
   DevicePath is NULL, then NULL is returned.  If the memory is successfully allocated, then the
   contents of DevicePath are copied to the newly allocated buffer, and a pointer to that buffer
-  is returned.  Otherwise, NULL is returned.  
-  The memory for the new device path is allocated from EFI boot services memory. 
-  It is the responsibility of the caller to free the memory allocated. 
-  
+  is returned.  Otherwise, NULL is returned.
+  The memory for the new device path is allocated from EFI boot services memory.
+  It is the responsibility of the caller to free the memory allocated.
+
   @param  DevicePath                 A pointer to a device path data structure.
 
   @retval NULL    DevicePath is NULL or invalid.
   @retval Others  A pointer to the duplicated device path.
-  
+
 **/
 EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *
 EFIAPI
@@ -276,18 +276,18 @@ DuplicateDevicePath (
 
   This function creates a new device path by appending a copy of SecondDevicePath to a copy of
   FirstDevicePath in a newly allocated buffer.  Only the end-of-device-path device node from
-  SecondDevicePath is retained. The newly created device path is returned.  
-  If FirstDevicePath is NULL, then it is ignored, and a duplicate of SecondDevicePath is returned.  
-  If SecondDevicePath is NULL, then it is ignored, and a duplicate of FirstDevicePath is returned.  
+  SecondDevicePath is retained. The newly created device path is returned.
+  If FirstDevicePath is NULL, then it is ignored, and a duplicate of SecondDevicePath is returned.
+  If SecondDevicePath is NULL, then it is ignored, and a duplicate of FirstDevicePath is returned.
   If both FirstDevicePath and SecondDevicePath are NULL, then a copy of an end-of-device-path is
-  returned.  
+  returned.
   If there is not enough memory for the newly allocated buffer, then NULL is returned.
   The memory for the new device path is allocated from EFI boot services memory. It is the
   responsibility of the caller to free the memory allocated.
 
   @param  FirstDevicePath            A pointer to a device path data structure.
   @param  SecondDevicePath           A pointer to a device path data structure.
-  
+
   @retval NULL      If there is not enough memory for the newly allocated buffer.
   @retval NULL      If FirstDevicePath or SecondDevicePath is invalid.
   @retval Others    A pointer to the new device path if success.
@@ -312,7 +312,7 @@ AppendDevicePath (
   node is returned.
   If both DevicePathNode and DevicePath are NULL then a copy of an end-of-device-path device node
   is returned.
-  If there is not enough memory to allocate space for the new device path, then NULL is returned.  
+  If there is not enough memory to allocate space for the new device path, then NULL is returned.
   The memory is allocated from EFI boot services memory. It is the responsibility of the caller to
   free the memory allocated.
 
@@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ AppendDevicePath (
 
   @retval NULL      There is not enough memory for the new device path.
   @retval Others    A pointer to the new device path if success.
-                    A copy of DevicePathNode followed by an end-of-device-path node 
+                    A copy of DevicePathNode followed by an end-of-device-path node
                     if both FirstDevicePath and SecondDevicePath are NULL.
                     A copy of an end-of-device-path node if both FirstDevicePath and SecondDevicePath are NULL.
 
@@ -336,18 +336,18 @@ AppendDevicePathNode (
 /**
   Creates a new device path by appending the specified device path instance to the specified device
   path.
- 
+
   This function creates a new device path by appending a copy of the device path instance specified
   by DevicePathInstance to a copy of the device path secified by DevicePath in a allocated buffer.
   The end-of-device-path device node is moved after the end of the appended device path instance
-  and a new end-of-device-path-instance node is inserted between. 
+  and a new end-of-device-path-instance node is inserted between.
   If DevicePath is NULL, then a copy if DevicePathInstance is returned.
   If DevicePathInstance is NULL, then NULL is returned.
   If DevicePath or DevicePathInstance is invalid, then NULL is returned.
-  If there is not enough memory to allocate space for the new device path, then NULL is returned.  
+  If there is not enough memory to allocate space for the new device path, then NULL is returned.
   The memory is allocated from EFI boot services memory. It is the responsibility of the caller to
   free the memory allocated.
-  
+
   @param  DevicePath                 A pointer to a device path data structure.
   @param  DevicePathInstance         A pointer to a device path instance.
 
@@ -370,11 +370,11 @@ AppendDevicePathInstance (
   to hold the size of the device path instance copy.
   If DevicePath is NULL, then NULL is returned.
   If DevicePath points to a invalid device path, then NULL is returned.
-  If there is not enough memory to allocate space for the new device path, then NULL is returned.  
+  If there is not enough memory to allocate space for the new device path, then NULL is returned.
   The memory is allocated from EFI boot services memory. It is the responsibility of the caller to
   free the memory allocated.
   If Size is NULL, then ASSERT().
- 
+
   @param  DevicePath                 On input, this holds the pointer to the current device path
                                      instance. On output, this holds the pointer to the next device
                                      path instance or NULL if there are no more device path
@@ -399,8 +399,8 @@ GetNextDevicePathInstance (
   This function creates a new device node in a newly allocated buffer of size NodeLength and
   initializes the device path node header with NodeType and NodeSubType.  The new device path node
   is returned.
-  If NodeLength is smaller than a device path header, then NULL is returned.  
-  If there is not enough memory to allocate space for the new device path, then NULL is returned.  
+  If NodeLength is smaller than a device path header, then NULL is returned.
+  If there is not enough memory to allocate space for the new device path, then NULL is returned.
   The memory is allocated from EFI boot services memory. It is the responsibility of the caller to
   free the memory allocated.
 
@@ -443,7 +443,7 @@ IsDevicePathMultiInstance (
 
   This function returns the device path protocol from the handle specified by Handle.  If Handle is
   NULL or Handle does not contain a device path protocol, then NULL is returned.
- 
+
   @param  Handle                     The handle from which to retrieve the device path protocol.
 
   @return The device path protocol from the handle specified by Handle.
@@ -465,7 +465,7 @@ DevicePathFromHandle (
   path node for the file specified by FileName is allocated and returned.
   The memory for the new device path is allocated from EFI boot services memory. It is the responsibility
   of the caller to free the memory allocated.
-  
+
   If FileName is NULL, then ASSERT().
   If FileName is not aligned on a 16-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
 

+ 9 - 9
MdePkg/Include/Library/DxeCoreEntryPoint.h

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /** @file
   Module entry point library for DXE core.
 
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
 This program and the accompanying materials
 are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
 which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -16,13 +16,13 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
 #define __MODULE_ENTRY_POINT_H__
 
 ///
-/// Global variable that contains a pointer to the Hob List passed into the DXE Core entry point. 
-/// 
+/// Global variable that contains a pointer to the Hob List passed into the DXE Core entry point.
+///
 extern VOID  *gHobList;
 
 
 /**
-  The entry point of PE/COFF Image for the DXE Core. 
+  The entry point of PE/COFF Image for the DXE Core.
 
   This function is the entry point for the DXE Core. This function is required to call
   ProcessModuleEntryPointList() and ProcessModuleEntryPointList() is never expected to return.
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ extern VOID  *gHobList;
   System Table and the image handle for the DXE Core itself have been established.
   If ProcessModuleEntryPointList() returns, then ASSERT() and halt the system.
 
-  @param  HobStart  Pointer to the beginning of the HOB List passed in from the PEI Phase. 
+  @param  HobStart  Pointer to the beginning of the HOB List passed in from the PEI Phase.
 
 **/
 VOID
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ _ModuleEntryPoint (
 
   This function is required to call _ModuleEntryPoint() passing in HobStart.
 
-  @param  HobStart  Pointer to the beginning of the HOB List passed in from the PEI Phase. 
+  @param  HobStart  Pointer to the beginning of the HOB List passed in from the PEI Phase.
 
 **/
 VOID
@@ -83,12 +83,12 @@ ProcessLibraryConstructorList (
   Autogenerated function that calls a set of module entry points.
 
   This function must be called by _ModuleEntryPoint().
-  This function calls the set of module entry points.  
+  This function calls the set of module entry points.
   This function is autogenerated by build tools and those build tools are responsible
   for collecting the module entry points and calling them in a specified order.
 
-  @param  HobStart  Pointer to the beginning of the HOB List passed in from the PEI Phase. 
- 
+  @param  HobStart  Pointer to the beginning of the HOB List passed in from the PEI Phase.
+
 **/
 VOID
 EFIAPI

+ 89 - 89
MdePkg/Include/Library/DxeServicesLib.h

@@ -1,16 +1,16 @@
 /** @file
-  MDE DXE Services Library provides functions that simplify the development of DXE Drivers.  
+  MDE DXE Services Library provides functions that simplify the development of DXE Drivers.
   These functions help access data from sections of FFS files or from file path.
 
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2012, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
 (C) Copyright 2015 Hewlett Packard Enterprise Development LP<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available under 
-the terms and conditions of the BSD License that accompanies this distribution.  
+This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available under
+the terms and conditions of the BSD License that accompanies this distribution.
 The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.                                           
+http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.
 
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,                     
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.             
+THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
 
 **/
 
@@ -18,20 +18,20 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
 #define __DXE_SERVICES_LIB_H__
 
 /**
-  Searches all the available firmware volumes and returns the first matching FFS section. 
+  Searches all the available firmware volumes and returns the first matching FFS section.
 
   This function searches all the firmware volumes for FFS files with FV file type specified by FileType
-  The order that the firmware volumes is searched is not deterministic. For each available FV a search 
-  is made for FFS file of type FileType. If the FV contains more than one FFS file with the same FileType, 
-  the FileInstance instance will be the matched FFS file. For each FFS file found a search 
-  is made for FFS sections of type SectionType. If the FFS file contains at least SectionInstance instances 
-  of the FFS section specified by SectionType, then the SectionInstance instance is returned in Buffer. 
-  Buffer is allocated using AllocatePool(), and the size of the allocated buffer is returned in Size. 
-  It is the caller's responsibility to use FreePool() to free the allocated buffer.  
-  See EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL.ReadSection() for details on how sections 
+  The order that the firmware volumes is searched is not deterministic. For each available FV a search
+  is made for FFS file of type FileType. If the FV contains more than one FFS file with the same FileType,
+  the FileInstance instance will be the matched FFS file. For each FFS file found a search
+  is made for FFS sections of type SectionType. If the FFS file contains at least SectionInstance instances
+  of the FFS section specified by SectionType, then the SectionInstance instance is returned in Buffer.
+  Buffer is allocated using AllocatePool(), and the size of the allocated buffer is returned in Size.
+  It is the caller's responsibility to use FreePool() to free the allocated buffer.
+  See EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL.ReadSection() for details on how sections
   are retrieved from an FFS file based on SectionType and SectionInstance.
 
-  If SectionType is EFI_SECTION_TE, and the search with an FFS file fails, 
+  If SectionType is EFI_SECTION_TE, and the search with an FFS file fails,
   the search will be retried with a section type of EFI_SECTION_PE32.
   This function must be called with a TPL <= TPL_NOTIFY.
 
@@ -41,9 +41,9 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
   @param  FileType             Indicates the FV file type to search for within all available FVs.
   @param  FileInstance         Indicates which file instance within all available FVs specified by FileType.
                                FileInstance starts from zero.
-  @param  SectionType          Indicates the FFS section type to search for within the FFS file 
+  @param  SectionType          Indicates the FFS section type to search for within the FFS file
                                specified by FileType with FileInstance.
-  @param  SectionInstance      Indicates which section instance within the FFS file 
+  @param  SectionInstance      Indicates which section instance within the FFS file
                                specified by FileType with FileInstance to retrieve. SectionInstance starts from zero.
   @param  Buffer               On output, a pointer to a callee allocated buffer containing the FFS file section that was found.
                                Is it the caller's responsibility to free this buffer using FreePool().
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
   @retval  EFI_NOT_FOUND        The specified FFS section could not be found.
   @retval  EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES There are not enough resources available to retrieve the matching FFS section.
   @retval  EFI_DEVICE_ERROR     The FFS section could not be retrieves due to a device error.
-  @retval  EFI_ACCESS_DENIED    The FFS section could not be retrieves because the firmware volume that 
+  @retval  EFI_ACCESS_DENIED    The FFS section could not be retrieves because the firmware volume that
                                 contains the matching FFS section does not allow reads.
 **/
 EFI_STATUS
@@ -68,18 +68,18 @@ GetSectionFromAnyFvByFileType  (
   );
 
 /**
-  Searches all the available firmware volumes and returns the first matching FFS section. 
-
-  This function searches all the firmware volumes for FFS files with an FFS filename specified by NameGuid.  
-  The order in which the firmware volumes are searched is not deterministic. For each FFS file found, a search 
-  is made for FFS sections of type SectionType. If the FFS file contains at least SectionInstance instances 
-  of the FFS section specified by SectionType, then the SectionInstance instance is returned in Buffer. 
-  Buffer is allocated using AllocatePool(), and the size of the allocated buffer is returned in Size. 
-  It is the caller's responsibility to use FreePool() to free the allocated buffer.  
-  See EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL.ReadSection() for details on how sections 
+  Searches all the available firmware volumes and returns the first matching FFS section.
+
+  This function searches all the firmware volumes for FFS files with an FFS filename specified by NameGuid.
+  The order in which the firmware volumes are searched is not deterministic. For each FFS file found, a search
+  is made for FFS sections of type SectionType. If the FFS file contains at least SectionInstance instances
+  of the FFS section specified by SectionType, then the SectionInstance instance is returned in Buffer.
+  Buffer is allocated using AllocatePool(), and the size of the allocated buffer is returned in Size.
+  It is the caller's responsibility to use FreePool() to free the allocated buffer.
+  See EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL.ReadSection() for details on how sections
   are retrieved from an FFS file based on SectionType and SectionInstance.
 
-  If SectionType is EFI_SECTION_TE, and the search with an FFS file fails, 
+  If SectionType is EFI_SECTION_TE, and the search with an FFS file fails,
   the search will be retried with a section type of EFI_SECTION_PE32.
   This function must be called with a TPL <= TPL_NOTIFY.
 
@@ -88,26 +88,26 @@ GetSectionFromAnyFvByFileType  (
   If Size is NULL, then ASSERT().
 
 
-  @param  NameGuid             A pointer to to the FFS filename GUID to search for  
-                               within any of the firmware volumes in the platform. 
-  @param  SectionType          Indicates the FFS section type to search for within 
+  @param  NameGuid             A pointer to to the FFS filename GUID to search for
+                               within any of the firmware volumes in the platform.
+  @param  SectionType          Indicates the FFS section type to search for within
                                the FFS file specified by NameGuid.
-  @param  SectionInstance      Indicates which section instance within the FFS file 
+  @param  SectionInstance      Indicates which section instance within the FFS file
                                specified by NameGuid to retrieve.
-  @param  Buffer               On output, a pointer to a callee-allocated buffer 
-                               containing the FFS file section that was found.  
-                               It is the caller's responsibility to free this 
+  @param  Buffer               On output, a pointer to a callee-allocated buffer
+                               containing the FFS file section that was found.
+                               It is the caller's responsibility to free this
                                buffer using FreePool().
   @param  Size                 On output, a pointer to the size, in bytes, of Buffer.
 
   @retval  EFI_SUCCESS          The specified FFS section was returned.
   @retval  EFI_NOT_FOUND        The specified FFS section could not be found.
-  @retval  EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES There are not enough resources available to retrieve 
+  @retval  EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES There are not enough resources available to retrieve
                                 the matching FFS section.
-  @retval  EFI_DEVICE_ERROR     The FFS section could not be retrieves due to a 
+  @retval  EFI_DEVICE_ERROR     The FFS section could not be retrieves due to a
                                 device error.
-  @retval  EFI_ACCESS_DENIED    The FFS section could not be retrieves because the 
-                                firmware volume that contains the matching FFS 
+  @retval  EFI_ACCESS_DENIED    The FFS section could not be retrieves because the
+                                firmware volume that contains the matching FFS
                                 section does not allow reads.
 **/
 EFI_STATUS
@@ -121,49 +121,49 @@ GetSectionFromAnyFv  (
   );
 
 /**
-  Searches the firmware volume that the currently executing module was loaded from and returns the first matching FFS section. 
+  Searches the firmware volume that the currently executing module was loaded from and returns the first matching FFS section.
 
-  This function searches the firmware volume that the currently executing module was loaded 
-  from for an FFS file with an FFS filename specified by NameGuid. If the FFS file is found, a search 
-  is made for FFS sections of type SectionType. If the FFS file contains at least SectionInstance 
+  This function searches the firmware volume that the currently executing module was loaded
+  from for an FFS file with an FFS filename specified by NameGuid. If the FFS file is found, a search
+  is made for FFS sections of type SectionType. If the FFS file contains at least SectionInstance
   instances of the FFS section specified by SectionType, then the SectionInstance instance is returned in Buffer.
-  Buffer is allocated using AllocatePool(), and the size of the allocated buffer is returned in Size. 
-  It is the caller's responsibility to use FreePool() to free the allocated buffer. 
-  See EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL.ReadSection() for details on how sections are retrieved from 
+  Buffer is allocated using AllocatePool(), and the size of the allocated buffer is returned in Size.
+  It is the caller's responsibility to use FreePool() to free the allocated buffer.
+  See EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL.ReadSection() for details on how sections are retrieved from
   an FFS file based on SectionType and SectionInstance.
 
   If the currently executing module was not loaded from a firmware volume, then EFI_NOT_FOUND is returned.
-  If SectionType is EFI_SECTION_TE, and the search with an FFS file fails, 
+  If SectionType is EFI_SECTION_TE, and the search with an FFS file fails,
   the search will be retried with a section type of EFI_SECTION_PE32.
-  
+
   This function must be called with a TPL <= TPL_NOTIFY.
   If NameGuid is NULL, then ASSERT().
   If Buffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
   If Size is NULL, then ASSERT().
 
-  @param  NameGuid             A pointer to to the FFS filename GUID to search for  
-                               within the firmware volumes that the currently 
+  @param  NameGuid             A pointer to to the FFS filename GUID to search for
+                               within the firmware volumes that the currently
                                executing module was loaded from.
-  @param  SectionType          Indicates the FFS section type to search for within 
+  @param  SectionType          Indicates the FFS section type to search for within
                                the FFS file specified by NameGuid.
-  @param  SectionInstance      Indicates which section instance within the FFS 
+  @param  SectionInstance      Indicates which section instance within the FFS
                                file specified by NameGuid to retrieve.
-  @param  Buffer               On output, a pointer to a callee allocated buffer 
-                               containing the FFS file section that was found.  
-                               It is the caller's responsibility to free this buffer 
+  @param  Buffer               On output, a pointer to a callee allocated buffer
+                               containing the FFS file section that was found.
+                               It is the caller's responsibility to free this buffer
                                using FreePool().
   @param  Size                 On output, a pointer to the size, in bytes, of Buffer.
 
 
   @retval  EFI_SUCCESS          The specified FFS section was returned.
   @retval  EFI_NOT_FOUND        The specified FFS section could not be found.
-  @retval  EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES There are not enough resources available to retrieve 
+  @retval  EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES There are not enough resources available to retrieve
                                 the matching FFS section.
-  @retval  EFI_DEVICE_ERROR     The FFS section could not be retrieves due to a 
+  @retval  EFI_DEVICE_ERROR     The FFS section could not be retrieves due to a
                                 device error.
-  @retval  EFI_ACCESS_DENIED    The FFS section could not be retrieves because the 
-                                firmware volume that contains the matching FFS 
-                                section does not allow reads.  
+  @retval  EFI_ACCESS_DENIED    The FFS section could not be retrieves because the
+                                firmware volume that contains the matching FFS
+                                section does not allow reads.
 **/
 EFI_STATUS
 EFIAPI
@@ -180,43 +180,43 @@ GetSectionFromFv (
   Searches the FFS file the the currently executing module was loaded from and returns the first matching FFS section.
 
   This function searches the FFS file that the currently executing module was loaded from for a FFS sections of type SectionType.
-  If the FFS file contains at least SectionInstance instances of the FFS section specified by SectionType, 
-  then the SectionInstance instance is returned in Buffer. Buffer is allocated using AllocatePool(), 
-  and the size of the allocated buffer is returned in Size. It is the caller's responsibility 
-  to use FreePool() to free the allocated buffer. See EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL.ReadSection() for 
+  If the FFS file contains at least SectionInstance instances of the FFS section specified by SectionType,
+  then the SectionInstance instance is returned in Buffer. Buffer is allocated using AllocatePool(),
+  and the size of the allocated buffer is returned in Size. It is the caller's responsibility
+  to use FreePool() to free the allocated buffer. See EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL.ReadSection() for
   details on how sections are retrieved from an FFS file based on SectionType and SectionInstance.
 
   If the currently executing module was not loaded from an FFS file, then EFI_NOT_FOUND is returned.
-  If SectionType is EFI_SECTION_TE, and the search with an FFS file fails, 
+  If SectionType is EFI_SECTION_TE, and the search with an FFS file fails,
   the search will be retried with a section type of EFI_SECTION_PE32.
   This function must be called with a TPL <= TPL_NOTIFY.
-  
+
   If Buffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
   If Size is NULL, then ASSERT().
 
 
-  @param  SectionType          Indicates the FFS section type to search for within  
-                               the FFS file that the currently executing module 
+  @param  SectionType          Indicates the FFS section type to search for within
+                               the FFS file that the currently executing module
                                was loaded from.
-  @param  SectionInstance      Indicates which section instance to retrieve within 
-                               the FFS file that the currently executing module 
+  @param  SectionInstance      Indicates which section instance to retrieve within
+                               the FFS file that the currently executing module
                                was loaded from.
-  @param  Buffer               On output, a pointer to a callee allocated buffer 
-                               containing the FFS file section that was found.  
-                               It is the caller's responsibility to free this buffer 
+  @param  Buffer               On output, a pointer to a callee allocated buffer
+                               containing the FFS file section that was found.
+                               It is the caller's responsibility to free this buffer
                                using FreePool().
   @param  Size                 On output, a pointer to the size, in bytes, of Buffer.
 
   @retval  EFI_SUCCESS          The specified FFS section was returned.
   @retval  EFI_NOT_FOUND        The specified FFS section could not be found.
-  @retval  EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES There are not enough resources available to retrieve 
+  @retval  EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES There are not enough resources available to retrieve
                                 the matching FFS section.
-  @retval  EFI_DEVICE_ERROR     The FFS section could not be retrieves due to a 
+  @retval  EFI_DEVICE_ERROR     The FFS section could not be retrieves due to a
                                 device error.
-  @retval  EFI_ACCESS_DENIED    The FFS section could not be retrieves because the 
-                                firmware volume that contains the matching FFS 
-                                section does not allow reads.  
-  
+  @retval  EFI_ACCESS_DENIED    The FFS section could not be retrieves because the
+                                firmware volume that contains the matching FFS
+                                section does not allow reads.
+
 **/
 EFI_STATUS
 EFIAPI
@@ -229,22 +229,22 @@ GetSectionFromFfs (
 
 
 /**
-  Get the image file buffer data and buffer size by its device path. 
-  
-  Access the file either from a firmware volume, from a file system interface, 
+  Get the image file buffer data and buffer size by its device path.
+
+  Access the file either from a firmware volume, from a file system interface,
   or from the load file interface.
-  
+
   Allocate memory to store the found image. The caller is responsible to free memory.
 
   If FilePath is NULL, then NULL is returned.
   If FileSize is NULL, then NULL is returned.
   If AuthenticationStatus is NULL, then NULL is returned.
 
-  @param[in]       BootPolicy           The policy for Open Image File.If TRUE, 
-                                        indicates that the request originates from 
+  @param[in]       BootPolicy           The policy for Open Image File.If TRUE,
+                                        indicates that the request originates from
                                         the boot manager, and that the boot manager is
-                                        attempting to load FilePath as a boot selection. 
-                                        If FALSE, then FilePath must match an exact 
+                                        attempting to load FilePath as a boot selection.
+                                        If FALSE, then FilePath must match an exact
                                         file to be loaded.
   @param[in]       FilePath             Pointer to the device path of the file that is abstracted to
                                         the file buffer.

+ 9 - 9
MdePkg/Include/Library/DxeServicesTableLib.h

@@ -1,17 +1,17 @@
 /** @file
   Provides a service to retrieve a pointer to the DXE Services Table.
   Only available to DXE module types.
-  
-  This library does not contain any functions or macros.  It simply exports a global 
-  pointer to the DXE Services Table as defined in the Platform Initialization Driver 
-  Execution Environment Core Interface Specification.  The library constructor must 
+
+  This library does not contain any functions or macros.  It simply exports a global
+  pointer to the DXE Services Table as defined in the Platform Initialization Driver
+  Execution Environment Core Interface Specification.  The library constructor must
   initialize this global pointer to the DX Services Table, so it is available at the
-  module's entry point.  Since there is overhead in looking up the pointer to the DXE 
-  Services Table, only those modules that actually require access to the DXE Services 
-  Table should use this library.  This will typically be DXE Drivers that require GCD 
+  module's entry point.  Since there is overhead in looking up the pointer to the DXE
+  Services Table, only those modules that actually require access to the DXE Services
+  Table should use this library.  This will typically be DXE Drivers that require GCD
   or Dispatcher services.
-   
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+
+Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
 This program and the accompanying materials
 are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
 which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at

+ 26 - 26
MdePkg/Include/Library/ExtendedSalLib.h

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /** @file
   Library class definition of Extended SAL Library.
 
-Copyright (c) 2007 - 2011, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+Copyright (c) 2007 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
 This program and the accompanying materials
 are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
 which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
 
 /**
   Register ESAL Class and its associated global.
-  
+
   This function Registers one or more Extended SAL services in a given
   class along with the associated global context.
   This function is only available prior to ExitBootServices().
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
   @retval EFI_SUCCESS          The Extended SAL services were registered.
   @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED      This function was called after ExitBootServices().
   @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES There are not enough resources available to register one or more of the specified services.
-  @retval Other                ClassGuid could not be installed onto a new handle.  
+  @retval Other                ClassGuid could not be installed onto a new handle.
 
 **/
 EFI_STATUS
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ RegisterEsalClass (
 
 /**
   Calls an Extended SAL Class service that was previously registered with RegisterEsalClass().
-  
+
   This function calls an Extended SAL Class service that was previously registered with RegisterEsalClass().
 
   @param  ClassGuidLo    GUID of function, lower 64-bits
@@ -59,11 +59,11 @@ RegisterEsalClass (
   @param  Arg6           Argument 6 ClassGuid/FunctionId defined
   @param  Arg7           Argument 7 ClassGuid/FunctionId defined
   @param  Arg8           Argument 8 ClassGuid/FunctionId defined
-  
+
   @retval EFI_SAL_ERROR  The address of ExtendedSalProc() can not be determined
                          for the current CPU execution mode.
   @retval Other          See the return status from ExtendedSalProc() in the
-                         EXTENDED_SAL_BOOT_SERVICE_PROTOCOL.  
+                         EXTENDED_SAL_BOOT_SERVICE_PROTOCOL.
 
 **/
 SAL_RETURN_REGS
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ EsalCall (
 
 /**
   Wrapper for the EsalStallFunctionId service of Extended SAL Stall Services Class.
-  
+
   This function is a wrapper for the EsalStallFunctionId service of Extended SAL
   Stall Services Class. See EsalStallFunctionId of Extended SAL Specification.
 
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ EsalStall (
 
 /**
   Wrapper for the EsalSetNewPalEntryFunctionId service of Extended SAL PAL Services Services Class.
-  
+
   This function is a wrapper for the EsalSetNewPalEntryFunctionId service of Extended SAL
   PAL Services Services Class. See EsalSetNewPalEntryFunctionId of Extended SAL Specification.
 
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ EsalSetNewPalEntry (
 
 /**
   Wrapper for the EsalGetNewPalEntryFunctionId service of Extended SAL PAL Services Services Class.
-  
+
   This function is a wrapper for the EsalGetNewPalEntryFunctionId service of Extended SAL
   PAL Services Services Class. See EsalGetNewPalEntryFunctionId of Extended SAL Specification.
 
@@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ EsalGetNewPalEntry (
 
 /**
   Wrapper for the EsalGetStateBufferFunctionId service of Extended SAL MCA Log Services Class.
-  
+
   This function is a wrapper for the EsalGetStateBufferFunctionId service of Extended SAL
   MCA Log Services Class. See EsalGetStateBufferFunctionId of Extended SAL Specification.
 
@@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ EsalGetStateBuffer (
 
 /**
   Wrapper for the EsalSaveStateBufferFunctionId service of Extended SAL MCA Log Services Class.
-  
+
   This function is a wrapper for the EsalSaveStateBufferFunctionId service of Extended SAL
   MCA Log Services Class. See EsalSaveStateBufferFunctionId of Extended SAL Specification.
 
@@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ EsalSaveStateBuffer (
 
 /**
   Wrapper for the EsalGetVectorsFunctionId service of Extended SAL Base Services Class.
-  
+
   This function is a wrapper for the EsalGetVectorsFunctionId service of Extended SAL
   Base Services Class. See EsalGetVectorsFunctionId of Extended SAL Specification.
 
@@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ EsalGetVectors (
 
 /**
   Wrapper for the EsalMcGetParamsFunctionId service of Extended SAL Base Services Class.
-  
+
   This function is a wrapper for the EsalMcGetParamsFunctionId service of Extended SAL
   Base Services Class. See EsalMcGetParamsFunctionId of Extended SAL Specification.
 
@@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ EsalMcGetParams (
 
 /**
   Wrapper for the EsalMcGetParamsFunctionId service of Extended SAL Base Services Class.
-  
+
   This function is a wrapper for the EsalMcGetParamsFunctionId service of Extended SAL
   Base Services Class. See EsalMcGetParamsFunctionId of Extended SAL Specification.
 
@@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ EsalMcGetMcParams (
 
 /**
   Wrapper for the EsalGetMcCheckinFlagsFunctionId service of Extended SAL Base Services Class.
-  
+
   This function is a wrapper for the EsalGetMcCheckinFlagsFunctionId service of Extended SAL
   Base Services Class. See EsalGetMcCheckinFlagsFunctionId of Extended SAL Specification.
 
@@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ EsalGetMcCheckinFlags (
 
 /**
   Wrapper for the EsalAddCpuDataFunctionId service of Extended SAL MP Services Class.
-  
+
   This function is a wrapper for the EsalAddCpuDataFunctionId service of Extended SAL
   MP Services Class. See EsalAddCpuDataFunctionId of Extended SAL Specification.
 
@@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ EsalAddCpuData (
 
 /**
   Wrapper for the EsalRemoveCpuDataFunctionId service of Extended SAL MP Services Class.
-  
+
   This function is a wrapper for the EsalRemoveCpuDataFunctionId service of Extended SAL
   MP Services Class. See EsalRemoveCpuDataFunctionId of Extended SAL Specification.
 
@@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ EsalRemoveCpuData (
 
 /**
   Wrapper for the EsalModifyCpuDataFunctionId service of Extended SAL MP Services Class.
-  
+
   This function is a wrapper for the EsalModifyCpuDataFunctionId service of Extended SAL
   MP Services Class. See EsalModifyCpuDataFunctionId of Extended SAL Specification.
 
@@ -335,7 +335,7 @@ EsalModifyCpuData (
 
 /**
   Wrapper for the EsalGetCpuDataByIdFunctionId service of Extended SAL MP Services Class.
-  
+
   This function is a wrapper for the EsalGetCpuDataByIdFunctionId service of Extended SAL
   MP Services Class. See EsalGetCpuDataByIdFunctionId of Extended SAL Specification.
 
@@ -356,7 +356,7 @@ EsalGetCpuDataById (
 
 /**
   Wrapper for the EsalGetCpuDataByIndexFunctionId service of Extended SAL MP Services Class.
-  
+
   This function is a wrapper for the EsalGetCpuDataByIndexFunctionId service of Extended SAL
   MP Services Class. See EsalGetCpuDataByIndexFunctionId of Extended SAL Specification.
 
@@ -377,7 +377,7 @@ EsalGetCpuDataByIndex (
 
 /**
   Wrapper for the EsalWhoAmIFunctionId service of Extended SAL MP Services Class.
-  
+
   This function is a wrapper for the EsalWhoAmIFunctionId service of Extended SAL
   MP Services Class. See EsalWhoAmIFunctionId of Extended SAL Specification.
 
@@ -396,7 +396,7 @@ EsalWhoAmI (
 
 /**
   Wrapper for the EsalNumProcessors service of Extended SAL MP Services Class.
-  
+
   This function is a wrapper for the EsalNumProcessors service of Extended SAL
   MP Services Class. See EsalNumProcessors of Extended SAL Specification.
 
@@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ EsalNumProcessors (
 
 /**
   Wrapper for the EsalSetMinStateFnctionId service of Extended SAL MP Services Class.
-  
+
   This function is a wrapper for the EsalSetMinStateFnctionId service of Extended SAL
   MP Services Class. See EsalSetMinStateFnctionId of Extended SAL Specification.
 
@@ -433,7 +433,7 @@ EsalSetMinState (
 
 /**
   Wrapper for the EsalGetMinStateFunctionId service of Extended SAL MP Services Class.
-  
+
   This function is a wrapper for the EsalGetMinStateFunctionId service of Extended SAL
   MP Services Class. See EsalGetMinStateFunctionId of Extended SAL Specification.
 
@@ -451,7 +451,7 @@ EsalGetMinState (
 
 /**
   Wrapper for the EsalMcsGetStateInfoFunctionId service of Extended SAL MCA Services Class.
-  
+
   This function is a wrapper for the EsalMcsGetStateInfoFunctionId service of Extended SAL
   MCA Services Class. See EsalMcsGetStateInfoFunctionId of Extended SAL Specification.
 
@@ -473,7 +473,7 @@ EsalMcaGetStateInfo (
 
 /**
   Wrapper for the EsalMcaRegisterCpuFunctionId service of Extended SAL MCA Services Class.
-  
+
   This function is a wrapper for the EsalMcaRegisterCpuFunctionId service of Extended SAL
   MCA Services Class. See EsalMcaRegisterCpuFunctionId of Extended SAL Specification.
 

+ 47 - 47
MdePkg/Include/Library/ExtractGuidedSectionLib.h

@@ -1,16 +1,16 @@
 /** @file
-  This library provides common functions to process the different guided section data. 
-  
-  This library provides functions to process GUIDed sections of FFS files.  Handlers may 
-  be registered to decode GUIDed sections of FFS files.  Services are provided to determine 
-  the set of supported section GUIDs, collection information about a specific GUIDed section, 
-  and decode a specific GUIDed section. 
-  
-  A library instance that produces this library class may be used to produce a 
-  EFI_PEI_GUIDED_SECTION_EXTRACTION_PPI or a EFI_GUIDED_SECTION_EXTRACTION_PROTOCOL 
+  This library provides common functions to process the different guided section data.
+
+  This library provides functions to process GUIDed sections of FFS files.  Handlers may
+  be registered to decode GUIDed sections of FFS files.  Services are provided to determine
+  the set of supported section GUIDs, collection information about a specific GUIDed section,
+  and decode a specific GUIDed section.
+
+  A library instance that produces this library class may be used to produce a
+  EFI_PEI_GUIDED_SECTION_EXTRACTION_PPI or a EFI_GUIDED_SECTION_EXTRACTION_PROTOCOL
   providing a simple method to extend the number of GUIDed sections types a platform supports.
 
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2010, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
 This program and the accompanying materials
 are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
 which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -27,16 +27,16 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
   Examines a GUIDed section and returns the size of the decoded buffer and the
   size of an optional scratch buffer required to actually decode the data in a GUIDed section.
 
-  Examines a GUIDed section specified by InputSection.  
+  Examines a GUIDed section specified by InputSection.
   If GUID for InputSection does not match the GUID that this handler supports,
-  then RETURN_UNSUPPORTED is returned.  
+  then RETURN_UNSUPPORTED is returned.
   If the required information can not be retrieved from InputSection,
   then RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER is returned.
   If the GUID of InputSection does match the GUID that this handler supports,
   then the size required to hold the decoded buffer is returned in OututBufferSize,
   the size of an optional scratch buffer is returned in ScratchSize, and the Attributes field
   from EFI_GUID_DEFINED_SECTION header of InputSection is returned in SectionAttribute.
-  
+
   If InputSection is NULL, then ASSERT().
   If OutputBufferSize is NULL, then ASSERT().
   If ScratchBufferSize is NULL, then ASSERT().
@@ -67,16 +67,16 @@ RETURN_STATUS
 
 /**
   Decodes a GUIDed section into a caller allocated output buffer.
-  
-  Decodes the GUIDed section specified by InputSection.  
-  If GUID for InputSection does not match the GUID that this handler supports, then RETURN_UNSUPPORTED is returned.  
+
+  Decodes the GUIDed section specified by InputSection.
+  If GUID for InputSection does not match the GUID that this handler supports, then RETURN_UNSUPPORTED is returned.
   If the data in InputSection can not be decoded, then RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER is returned.
   If the GUID of InputSection does match the GUID that this handler supports, then InputSection
   is decoded into the buffer specified by OutputBuffer and the authentication status of this
   decode operation is returned in AuthenticationStatus.  If the decoded buffer is identical to the
   data in InputSection, then OutputBuffer is set to point at the data in InputSection.  Otherwise,
   the decoded data will be placed in caller allocated buffer specified by OutputBuffer.
-  
+
   If InputSection is NULL, then ASSERT().
   If OutputBuffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
   If ScratchBuffer is NULL and this decode operation requires a scratch buffer, then ASSERT().
@@ -84,10 +84,10 @@ RETURN_STATUS
 
 
   @param[in]  InputSection  A pointer to a GUIDed section of an FFS formatted file.
-  @param[out] OutputBuffer  A pointer to a buffer that contains the result of a decode operation. 
+  @param[out] OutputBuffer  A pointer to a buffer that contains the result of a decode operation.
   @param[out] ScratchBuffer A caller allocated buffer that may be required by this function
-                            as a scratch buffer to perform the decode operation. 
-  @param[out] AuthenticationStatus 
+                            as a scratch buffer to perform the decode operation.
+  @param[out] AuthenticationStatus
                             A pointer to the authentication status of the decoded output buffer.
                             See the definition of authentication status in the EFI_PEI_GUIDED_SECTION_EXTRACTION_PPI
                             section of the PI Specification. EFI_AUTH_STATUS_PLATFORM_OVERRIDE must
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ RETURN_STATUS
   Registers the handlers specified by GetInfoHandler and DecodeHandler with the GUID specified by SectionGuid.
   If the GUID value specified by SectionGuid has already been registered, then return RETURN_ALREADY_STARTED.
   If there are not enough resources available to register the handlers  then RETURN_OUT_OF_RESOURCES is returned.
-  
+
   If SectionGuid is NULL, then ASSERT().
   If GetInfoHandler is NULL, then ASSERT().
   If DecodeHandler is NULL, then ASSERT().
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ RETURN_STATUS
                              size of the decoded buffer and the size of an optional scratch buffer
                              required to actually decode the data in a GUIDed section.
   @param[in]  DecodeHandler  Pointer to a function that decodes a GUIDed section into a caller
-                             allocated output buffer. 
+                             allocated output buffer.
 
   @retval  RETURN_SUCCESS           The handlers were registered.
   @retval  RETURN_OUT_OF_RESOURCES  There are not enough resources available to register the handlers.
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ ExtractGuidedSectionRegisterHandlers (
 
   Sets ExtractHandlerGuidTable so it points at a callee allocated array of registered GUIDs.
   The total number of GUIDs in the array are returned. Since the array of GUIDs is callee allocated
-  and caller must treat this array of GUIDs as read-only data. 
+  and caller must treat this array of GUIDs as read-only data.
   If ExtractHandlerGuidTable is NULL, then ASSERT().
 
   @param[out]  ExtractHandlerGuidTable  A pointer to the array of GUIDs that have been registered through
@@ -165,14 +165,14 @@ ExtractGuidedSectionGetGuidList (
   The selected handler is used to retrieve and return the size of the decoded buffer and the size of an
   optional scratch buffer required to actually decode the data in a GUIDed section.
 
-  Examines a GUIDed section specified by InputSection.  
+  Examines a GUIDed section specified by InputSection.
   If GUID for InputSection does not match any of the GUIDs registered through ExtractGuidedSectionRegisterHandlers(),
-  then RETURN_UNSUPPORTED is returned.  
-  If the GUID of InputSection does match the GUID that this handler supports, then the the associated handler 
+  then RETURN_UNSUPPORTED is returned.
+  If the GUID of InputSection does match the GUID that this handler supports, then the the associated handler
   of type EXTRACT_GUIDED_SECTION_GET_INFO_HANDLER that was registered with ExtractGuidedSectionRegisterHandlers()
   is used to retrieve the OututBufferSize, ScratchSize, and Attributes values. The return status from the handler of
   type EXTRACT_GUIDED_SECTION_GET_INFO_HANDLER is returned.
-  
+
   If InputSection is NULL, then ASSERT().
   If OutputBufferSize is NULL, then ASSERT().
   If ScratchBufferSize is NULL, then ASSERT().
@@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ ExtractGuidedSectionGetInfo (
   IN  CONST VOID    *InputSection,
   OUT       UINT32  *OutputBufferSize,
   OUT       UINT32  *ScratchBufferSize,
-  OUT       UINT16  *SectionAttribute   
+  OUT       UINT16  *SectionAttribute
   );
 
 /**
@@ -208,26 +208,26 @@ ExtractGuidedSectionGetInfo (
   The selected handler is used to decode the data in a GUIDed section and return the result in a caller
   allocated output buffer.
 
-  Decodes the GUIDed section specified by InputSection.  
+  Decodes the GUIDed section specified by InputSection.
   If GUID for InputSection does not match any of the GUIDs registered through ExtractGuidedSectionRegisterHandlers(),
-  then RETURN_UNSUPPORTED is returned.  
+  then RETURN_UNSUPPORTED is returned.
   If the GUID of InputSection does match the GUID that this handler supports, then the the associated handler
   of type EXTRACT_GUIDED_SECTION_DECODE_HANDLER that was registered with ExtractGuidedSectionRegisterHandlers()
   is used to decode InputSection into the buffer specified by OutputBuffer and the authentication status of this
   decode operation is returned in AuthenticationStatus.  If the decoded buffer is identical to the data in InputSection,
   then OutputBuffer is set to point at the data in InputSection.  Otherwise, the decoded data will be placed in caller
   allocated buffer specified by OutputBuffer.    This function is responsible for computing the  EFI_AUTH_STATUS_PLATFORM_OVERRIDE
-  bit of in AuthenticationStatus.  The return status from the handler of type EXTRACT_GUIDED_SECTION_DECODE_HANDLER is returned. 
-   
+  bit of in AuthenticationStatus.  The return status from the handler of type EXTRACT_GUIDED_SECTION_DECODE_HANDLER is returned.
+
   If InputSection is NULL, then ASSERT().
   If OutputBuffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
   If ScratchBuffer is NULL and this decode operation requires a scratch buffer, then ASSERT().
-  If AuthenticationStatus is NULL, then ASSERT().  
+  If AuthenticationStatus is NULL, then ASSERT().
 
   @param[in]  InputSection   A pointer to a GUIDed section of an FFS formatted file.
-  @param[out] OutputBuffer   A pointer to a buffer that contains the result of a decode operation. 
-  @param[in]  ScratchBuffer  A caller allocated buffer that may be required by this function as a scratch buffer to perform the decode operation. 
-  @param[out] AuthenticationStatus 
+  @param[out] OutputBuffer   A pointer to a buffer that contains the result of a decode operation.
+  @param[in]  ScratchBuffer  A caller allocated buffer that may be required by this function as a scratch buffer to perform the decode operation.
+  @param[out] AuthenticationStatus
                              A pointer to the authentication status of the decoded output buffer. See the definition
                              of authentication status in the EFI_PEI_GUIDED_SECTION_EXTRACTION_PPI section of the PI
                              Specification.
@@ -243,27 +243,27 @@ ExtractGuidedSectionDecode (
   IN  CONST VOID    *InputSection,
   OUT       VOID    **OutputBuffer,
   IN        VOID    *ScratchBuffer,        OPTIONAL
-  OUT       UINT32  *AuthenticationStatus  
+  OUT       UINT32  *AuthenticationStatus
   );
 
 /**
-  Retrieves handlers of type EXTRACT_GUIDED_SECTION_GET_INFO_HANDLER and 
+  Retrieves handlers of type EXTRACT_GUIDED_SECTION_GET_INFO_HANDLER and
   EXTRACT_GUIDED_SECTION_DECODE_HANDLER for a specific GUID section type.
-  
-  Retrieves the handlers associated with SectionGuid and returns them in 
+
+  Retrieves the handlers associated with SectionGuid and returns them in
   GetInfoHandler and DecodeHandler.
 
-  If the GUID value specified by SectionGuid has not been registered, then 
+  If the GUID value specified by SectionGuid has not been registered, then
   return RETURN_NOT_FOUND.
-  
+
   If SectionGuid is NULL, then ASSERT().
 
-  @param[in]  SectionGuid    A pointer to the GUID associated with the handlersof the GUIDed 
+  @param[in]  SectionGuid    A pointer to the GUID associated with the handlersof the GUIDed
                              section type being retrieved.
-  @param[out] GetInfoHandler Pointer to a function that examines a GUIDed section and returns 
-                             the size of the decoded buffer and the size of an optional scratch 
-                             buffer required to actually decode the data in a GUIDed section.  
-                             This is an optional parameter that may be NULL. If it is NULL, then 
+  @param[out] GetInfoHandler Pointer to a function that examines a GUIDed section and returns
+                             the size of the decoded buffer and the size of an optional scratch
+                             buffer required to actually decode the data in a GUIDed section.
+                             This is an optional parameter that may be NULL. If it is NULL, then
                              the previously registered handler is not returned.
   @param[out] DecodeHandler  Pointer to a function that decodes a GUIDed section into a caller
                              allocated output buffer. This is an optional parameter that may be NULL.

+ 9 - 9
MdePkg/Include/Library/FileHandleLib.h

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /** @file
   Provides interface to EFI_FILE_HANDLE functionality.
 
-  Copyright (c) 2009 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+  Copyright (c) 2009 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
   This program and the accompanying materials
   are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
   which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -249,8 +249,8 @@ FileHandleFlush (
   @param[in] DirHandle          Handle to open file.
 
   @retval EFI_SUCCESS           DirHandle is a directory.
-  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER DirHandle is NULL. 
-                                The file information returns from FileHandleGetInfo is NULL. 
+  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER DirHandle is NULL.
+                                The file information returns from FileHandleGetInfo is NULL.
   @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND         DirHandle is not a directory.
 **/
 EFI_STATUS
@@ -357,8 +357,8 @@ FileHandleSetSize (
 
 /**
   Function to get a full filename given a EFI_FILE_HANDLE somewhere lower on the
-  directory 'stack'. If the file is a directory, then append the '\' char at the 
-  end of name string. If it's not a directory, then the last '\' should not be 
+  directory 'stack'. If the file is a directory, then append the '\' char at the
+  end of name string. If it's not a directory, then the last '\' should not be
   added.
 
   @param[in] Handle             Handle to the Directory or File to create path to.
@@ -439,11 +439,11 @@ FileHandleReturnLine(
 
 /**
   Function to write a line of text to a file.
-  
-  If the file is a Unicode file (with UNICODE file tag) then write the unicode 
+
+  If the file is a Unicode file (with UNICODE file tag) then write the unicode
   text.
   If the file is an ASCII file then write the ASCII text.
-  If the size of file is zero (without file tag at the beginning) then write 
+  If the size of file is zero (without file tag at the beginning) then write
   ASCII text as default.
 
   @param[in]     Handle         FileHandle to write to.
@@ -453,7 +453,7 @@ FileHandleReturnLine(
   @retval  EFI_SUCCESS            The data was written.
                                   Buffer is NULL.
   @retval  EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER  Handle is NULL.
-  @retval  EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES   Unable to allocate temporary space for ASCII 
+  @retval  EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES   Unable to allocate temporary space for ASCII
                                   string due to out of resources.
 
   @sa FileHandleWrite

+ 2 - 2
MdePkg/Include/Library/HobLib.h

@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
   allows the PEI phase to pass information to the DXE phase. HOBs are position
   independent and can be relocated easily to different memory locations.
 
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
 This program and the accompanying materials
 are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
 which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ BuildModuleHob (
   This function builds a HOB that describes a chunk of system memory.
   It can only be invoked during PEI phase;
   for DXE phase, it will ASSERT() since PEI HOB is read-only for DXE phase.
-  
+
   If there is no additional space for HOB creation, then ASSERT().
 
   @param  ResourceType        The type of resource described by this HOB.

+ 63 - 63
MdePkg/Include/Library/IoLib.h

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /** @file
   Provide services to access I/O Ports and MMIO registers.
 
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2012, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
 Copyright (c) 2017, AMD Incorporated. All rights reserved.<BR>
 
 This program and the accompanying materials
@@ -20,14 +20,14 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
 /**
   Macro that converts PCI Segment and I/O Port to an address that can be
   passed to the I/O Library functions.
-  
-  Computes an address that is compatible with the I/O Library functions.  
-  The unused upper bits of Segment, and Port are stripped prior to the 
+
+  Computes an address that is compatible with the I/O Library functions.
+  The unused upper bits of Segment, and Port are stripped prior to the
   generation of the address.
-  
+
   @param  Segment   PCI Segment number.  Range 0..65535.
   @param  Port      I/O Port number.  Range 0..65535.
-  
+
   @return An address that the I/o Library functions need.
 
 **/
@@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ IoAnd8 (
   );
 
 /**
-  Reads an 8-bit I/O port, performs a bitwise AND followed by a bitwise 
+  Reads an 8-bit I/O port, performs a bitwise AND followed by a bitwise
   OR, and writes the result back to the 8-bit I/O port.
 
   Reads the 8-bit I/O port specified by Port, performs a bitwise AND between
@@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ IoBitFieldRead8 (
 
   Writes Value to the bit field of the I/O register. The bit field is specified
   by the StartBit and the EndBit. All other bits in the destination I/O
-  register are preserved. The value written to the I/O port is returned. 
+  register are preserved. The value written to the I/O port is returned.
 
   If 8-bit I/O port operations are not supported, then ASSERT().
   If StartBit is greater than 7, then ASSERT().
@@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ IoRead16 (
 
   If 16-bit I/O port operations are not supported, then ASSERT().
   If Port is not aligned on a 16-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
-  
+
   @param  Port  The I/O port to write.
   @param  Value The value to write to the I/O port.
 
@@ -507,7 +507,7 @@ IoOr16 (
 
   If 16-bit I/O port operations are not supported, then ASSERT().
   If Port is not aligned on a 16-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
-  
+
   @param  Port    The I/O port to write.
   @param  AndData The value to AND with the read value from the I/O port.
 
@@ -522,7 +522,7 @@ IoAnd16 (
   );
 
 /**
-  Reads a 16-bit I/O port, performs a bitwise AND followed by a bitwise 
+  Reads a 16-bit I/O port, performs a bitwise AND followed by a bitwise
   OR, and writes the result back to the 16-bit I/O port.
 
   Reads the 16-bit I/O port specified by Port, performs a bitwise AND between
@@ -534,7 +534,7 @@ IoAnd16 (
 
   If 16-bit I/O port operations are not supported, then ASSERT().
   If Port is not aligned on a 16-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
-  
+
   @param  Port    The I/O port to write.
   @param  AndData The value to AND with the read value from the I/O port.
   @param  OrData  The value to OR with the result of the AND operation.
@@ -735,7 +735,7 @@ IoBitFieldAndThenOr16 (
 
   If 32-bit I/O port operations are not supported, then ASSERT().
   If Port is not aligned on a 32-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
-  
+
   @param  Port  The I/O port to read.
 
   @return The value read.
@@ -756,7 +756,7 @@ IoRead32 (
 
   If 32-bit I/O port operations are not supported, then ASSERT().
   If Port is not aligned on a 32-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
-  
+
   @param  Port  The I/O port to write.
   @param  Value The value to write to the I/O port.
 
@@ -873,7 +873,7 @@ IoAnd32 (
   );
 
 /**
-  Reads a 32-bit I/O port, performs a bitwise AND followed by a bitwise 
+  Reads a 32-bit I/O port, performs a bitwise AND followed by a bitwise
   OR, and writes the result back to the 32-bit I/O port.
 
   Reads the 32-bit I/O port specified by Port, performs a bitwise AND between
@@ -1174,7 +1174,7 @@ IoAnd64 (
   );
 
 /**
-  Reads a 64-bit I/O port, performs a bitwise AND followed by a bitwise 
+  Reads a 64-bit I/O port, performs a bitwise AND followed by a bitwise
   OR, and writes the result back to the 64-bit I/O port.
 
   Reads the 64-bit I/O port specified by Port, performs a bitwise AND between
@@ -1409,7 +1409,7 @@ MmioRead8 (
 
   @param  Address The MMIO register to write.
   @param  Value   The value to write to the MMIO register.
-  
+
   @return Value.
 
 **/
@@ -1424,7 +1424,7 @@ MmioWrite8 (
   Reads an 8-bit MMIO register, performs a bitwise OR, and writes the
   result back to the 8-bit MMIO register.
 
-  Reads the 8-bit MMIO register specified by Address, performs a bitwise 
+  Reads the 8-bit MMIO register specified by Address, performs a bitwise
   OR between the read result and the value specified by OrData, and
   writes the result to the 8-bit MMIO register specified by Address. The value
   written to the MMIO register is returned. This function must guarantee that
@@ -1471,7 +1471,7 @@ MmioAnd8 (
   );
 
 /**
-  Reads an 8-bit MMIO register, performs a bitwise AND followed by a bitwise 
+  Reads an 8-bit MMIO register, performs a bitwise AND followed by a bitwise
   OR, and writes the result back to the 8-bit MMIO register.
 
   Reads the 8-bit MMIO register specified by Address, performs a bitwise AND
@@ -1563,7 +1563,7 @@ MmioBitFieldWrite8 (
   Reads a bit field in an 8-bit MMIO register, performs a bitwise OR, and
   writes the result back to the bit field in the 8-bit MMIO register.
 
-  Reads the 8-bit MMIO register specified by Address, performs a bitwise 
+  Reads the 8-bit MMIO register specified by Address, performs a bitwise
   OR between the read result and the value specified by OrData, and
   writes the result to the 8-bit MMIO register specified by Address. The value
   written to the MMIO register is returned. This function must guarantee that
@@ -1704,7 +1704,7 @@ MmioRead16 (
 
   @param  Address The MMIO register to write.
   @param  Value   The value to write to the MMIO register.
-  
+
   @return Value.
 
 **/
@@ -1719,7 +1719,7 @@ MmioWrite16 (
   Reads a 16-bit MMIO register, performs a bitwise OR, and writes the
   result back to the 16-bit MMIO register.
 
-  Reads the 16-bit MMIO register specified by Address, performs a bitwise 
+  Reads the 16-bit MMIO register specified by Address, performs a bitwise
   OR between the read result and the value specified by OrData, and
   writes the result to the 16-bit MMIO register specified by Address. The value
   written to the MMIO register is returned. This function must guarantee that
@@ -1768,7 +1768,7 @@ MmioAnd16 (
   );
 
 /**
-  Reads a 16-bit MMIO register, performs a bitwise AND followed by a bitwise 
+  Reads a 16-bit MMIO register, performs a bitwise AND followed by a bitwise
   OR, and writes the result back to the 16-bit MMIO register.
 
   Reads the 16-bit MMIO register specified by Address, performs a bitwise AND
@@ -1862,7 +1862,7 @@ MmioBitFieldWrite16 (
   Reads a bit field in a 16-bit MMIO register, performs a bitwise OR, and
   writes the result back to the bit field in the 16-bit MMIO register.
 
-  Reads the 16-bit MMIO register specified by Address, performs a bitwise 
+  Reads the 16-bit MMIO register specified by Address, performs a bitwise
   OR between the read result and the value specified by OrData, and
   writes the result to the 16-bit MMIO register specified by Address. The value
   written to the MMIO register is returned. This function must guarantee that
@@ -2006,7 +2006,7 @@ MmioRead32 (
 
   @param  Address The MMIO register to write.
   @param  Value   The value to write to the MMIO register.
-  
+
   @return Value.
 
 **/
@@ -2021,7 +2021,7 @@ MmioWrite32 (
   Reads a 32-bit MMIO register, performs a bitwise OR, and writes the
   result back to the 32-bit MMIO register.
 
-  Reads the 32-bit MMIO register specified by Address, performs a bitwise 
+  Reads the 32-bit MMIO register specified by Address, performs a bitwise
   OR between the read result and the value specified by OrData, and
   writes the result to the 32-bit MMIO register specified by Address. The value
   written to the MMIO register is returned. This function must guarantee that
@@ -2070,7 +2070,7 @@ MmioAnd32 (
   );
 
 /**
-  Reads a 32-bit MMIO register, performs a bitwise AND followed by a bitwise 
+  Reads a 32-bit MMIO register, performs a bitwise AND followed by a bitwise
   OR, and writes the result back to the 32-bit MMIO register.
 
   Reads the 32-bit MMIO register specified by Address, performs a bitwise AND
@@ -2164,7 +2164,7 @@ MmioBitFieldWrite32 (
   Reads a bit field in a 32-bit MMIO register, performs a bitwise OR, and
   writes the result back to the bit field in the 32-bit MMIO register.
 
-  Reads the 32-bit MMIO register specified by Address, performs a bitwise 
+  Reads the 32-bit MMIO register specified by Address, performs a bitwise
   OR between the read result and the value specified by OrData, and
   writes the result to the 32-bit MMIO register specified by Address. The value
   written to the MMIO register is returned. This function must guarantee that
@@ -2321,7 +2321,7 @@ MmioWrite64 (
   Reads a 64-bit MMIO register, performs a bitwise OR, and writes the
   result back to the 64-bit MMIO register.
 
-  Reads the 64-bit MMIO register specified by Address, performs a bitwise 
+  Reads the 64-bit MMIO register specified by Address, performs a bitwise
   OR between the read result and the value specified by OrData, and
   writes the result to the 64-bit MMIO register specified by Address. The value
   written to the MMIO register is returned. This function must guarantee that
@@ -2370,7 +2370,7 @@ MmioAnd64 (
   );
 
 /**
-  Reads a 64-bit MMIO register, performs a bitwise AND followed by a bitwise 
+  Reads a 64-bit MMIO register, performs a bitwise AND followed by a bitwise
   OR, and writes the result back to the 64-bit MMIO register.
 
   Reads the 64-bit MMIO register specified by Address, performs a bitwise AND
@@ -2464,7 +2464,7 @@ MmioBitFieldWrite64 (
   Reads a bit field in a 64-bit MMIO register, performs a bitwise OR, and
   writes the result back to the bit field in the 64-bit MMIO register.
 
-  Reads the 64-bit MMIO register specified by Address, performs a bitwise 
+  Reads the 64-bit MMIO register specified by Address, performs a bitwise
   OR between the read result and the value specified by OrData, and
   writes the result to the 64-bit MMIO register specified by Address. The value
   written to the MMIO register is returned. This function must guarantee that
@@ -2578,11 +2578,11 @@ MmioBitFieldAndThenOr64 (
 /**
   Copy data from MMIO region to system memory by using 8-bit access.
 
-  Copy data from MMIO region specified by starting address StartAddress 
-  to system memory specified by Buffer by using 8-bit access. The total 
+  Copy data from MMIO region specified by starting address StartAddress
+  to system memory specified by Buffer by using 8-bit access. The total
   number of byte to be copied is specified by Length. Buffer is returned.
-  
-  If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - StartAddress + 1), then ASSERT(). 
+
+  If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - StartAddress + 1), then ASSERT().
   If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - Buffer + 1), then ASSERT().
 
 
@@ -2604,13 +2604,13 @@ MmioReadBuffer8 (
 /**
   Copy data from MMIO region to system memory by using 16-bit access.
 
-  Copy data from MMIO region specified by starting address StartAddress 
-  to system memory specified by Buffer by using 16-bit access. The total 
+  Copy data from MMIO region specified by starting address StartAddress
+  to system memory specified by Buffer by using 16-bit access. The total
   number of byte to be copied is specified by Length. Buffer is returned.
-  
+
   If StartAddress is not aligned on a 16-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
 
-  If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - StartAddress + 1), then ASSERT(). 
+  If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - StartAddress + 1), then ASSERT().
   If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - Buffer + 1), then ASSERT().
 
   If Length is not aligned on a 16-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
@@ -2634,13 +2634,13 @@ MmioReadBuffer16 (
 /**
   Copy data from MMIO region to system memory by using 32-bit access.
 
-  Copy data from MMIO region specified by starting address StartAddress 
-  to system memory specified by Buffer by using 32-bit access. The total 
+  Copy data from MMIO region specified by starting address StartAddress
+  to system memory specified by Buffer by using 32-bit access. The total
   number of byte to be copied is specified by Length. Buffer is returned.
-  
+
   If StartAddress is not aligned on a 32-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
 
-  If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - StartAddress + 1), then ASSERT(). 
+  If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - StartAddress + 1), then ASSERT().
   If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - Buffer + 1), then ASSERT().
 
   If Length is not aligned on a 32-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
@@ -2664,13 +2664,13 @@ MmioReadBuffer32 (
 /**
   Copy data from MMIO region to system memory by using 64-bit access.
 
-  Copy data from MMIO region specified by starting address StartAddress 
-  to system memory specified by Buffer by using 64-bit access. The total 
+  Copy data from MMIO region specified by starting address StartAddress
+  to system memory specified by Buffer by using 64-bit access. The total
   number of byte to be copied is specified by Length. Buffer is returned.
-  
+
   If StartAddress is not aligned on a 64-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
 
-  If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - StartAddress + 1), then ASSERT(). 
+  If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - StartAddress + 1), then ASSERT().
   If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - Buffer + 1), then ASSERT().
 
   If Length is not aligned on a 64-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
@@ -2694,11 +2694,11 @@ MmioReadBuffer64 (
 /**
   Copy data from system memory to MMIO region by using 8-bit access.
 
-  Copy data from system memory specified by Buffer to MMIO region specified 
-  by starting address StartAddress by using 8-bit access. The total number 
+  Copy data from system memory specified by Buffer to MMIO region specified
+  by starting address StartAddress by using 8-bit access. The total number
   of byte to be copied is specified by Length. Buffer is returned.
-  
-  If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - StartAddress + 1), then ASSERT(). 
+
+  If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - StartAddress + 1), then ASSERT().
   If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS -Buffer + 1), then ASSERT().
 
 
@@ -2720,13 +2720,13 @@ MmioWriteBuffer8 (
 /**
   Copy data from system memory to MMIO region by using 16-bit access.
 
-  Copy data from system memory specified by Buffer to MMIO region specified 
-  by starting address StartAddress by using 16-bit access. The total number 
+  Copy data from system memory specified by Buffer to MMIO region specified
+  by starting address StartAddress by using 16-bit access. The total number
   of byte to be copied is specified by Length. Buffer is returned.
-  
+
   If StartAddress is not aligned on a 16-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
 
-  If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - StartAddress + 1), then ASSERT(). 
+  If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - StartAddress + 1), then ASSERT().
   If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS -Buffer + 1), then ASSERT().
 
   If Length is not aligned on a 16-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
@@ -2751,13 +2751,13 @@ MmioWriteBuffer16 (
 /**
   Copy data from system memory to MMIO region by using 32-bit access.
 
-  Copy data from system memory specified by Buffer to MMIO region specified 
-  by starting address StartAddress by using 32-bit access. The total number 
+  Copy data from system memory specified by Buffer to MMIO region specified
+  by starting address StartAddress by using 32-bit access. The total number
   of byte to be copied is specified by Length. Buffer is returned.
-  
+
   If StartAddress is not aligned on a 32-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
 
-  If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - StartAddress + 1), then ASSERT(). 
+  If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - StartAddress + 1), then ASSERT().
   If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS -Buffer + 1), then ASSERT().
 
   If Length is not aligned on a 32-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
@@ -2782,13 +2782,13 @@ MmioWriteBuffer32 (
 /**
   Copy data from system memory to MMIO region by using 64-bit access.
 
-  Copy data from system memory specified by Buffer to MMIO region specified 
-  by starting address StartAddress by using 64-bit access. The total number 
+  Copy data from system memory specified by Buffer to MMIO region specified
+  by starting address StartAddress by using 64-bit access. The total number
   of byte to be copied is specified by Length. Buffer is returned.
-  
+
   If StartAddress is not aligned on a 64-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
 
-  If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - StartAddress + 1), then ASSERT(). 
+  If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - StartAddress + 1), then ASSERT().
   If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS -Buffer + 1), then ASSERT().
 
   If Length is not aligned on a 64-bit boundary, then ASSERT().

+ 38 - 38
MdePkg/Include/Library/MemoryAllocationLib.h

@@ -1,12 +1,12 @@
 /** @file
   Provides services to allocate and free memory buffers of various memory types and alignments.
-  
-  The Memory Allocation Library abstracts various common memory allocation operations. This library 
-  allows code to be written in a phase-independent manner because the allocation of memory in PEI, DXE, 
-  and SMM (for example) is done via a different mechanism. Using a common library interface makes it 
-  much easier to port algorithms from phase to phase. 
-  
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2013, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+
+  The Memory Allocation Library abstracts various common memory allocation operations. This library
+  allows code to be written in a phase-independent manner because the allocation of memory in PEI, DXE,
+  and SMM (for example) is done via a different mechanism. Using a common library interface makes it
+  much easier to port algorithms from phase to phase.
+
+Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
 This program and the accompanying materials
 are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
 which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -85,11 +85,11 @@ AllocateReservedPages (
   must have been allocated on a previous call to the page allocation services of the Memory
   Allocation Library.  If it is not possible to free allocated pages, then this function will
   perform no actions.
-  
+
   If Buffer was not allocated with a page allocation function in the Memory Allocation Library,
   then ASSERT().
   If Pages is zero, then ASSERT().
- 
+
   @param  Buffer                Pointer to the buffer of pages to free.
   @param  Pages                 The number of 4 KB pages to free.
 
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ FreePages (
   alignment specified by Alignment.  The allocated buffer is returned.  If Pages is 0, then NULL is
   returned.  If there is not enough memory at the specified alignment remaining to satisfy the
   request, then NULL is returned.
-  
+
   If Alignment is not a power of two and Alignment is not zero, then ASSERT().
   If Pages plus EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES (Alignment) overflows, then ASSERT().
 
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ AllocateAlignedPages (
   alignment specified by Alignment.  The allocated buffer is returned.  If Pages is 0, then NULL is
   returned.  If there is not enough memory at the specified alignment remaining to satisfy the
   request, then NULL is returned.
-  
+
   If Alignment is not a power of two and Alignment is not zero, then ASSERT().
   If Pages plus EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES (Alignment) overflows, then ASSERT().
 
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ AllocateAlignedRuntimePages (
   alignment specified by Alignment.  The allocated buffer is returned.  If Pages is 0, then NULL is
   returned.  If there is not enough memory at the specified alignment remaining to satisfy the
   request, then NULL is returned.
-  
+
   If Alignment is not a power of two and Alignment is not zero, then ASSERT().
   If Pages plus EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES (Alignment) overflows, then ASSERT().
 
@@ -182,13 +182,13 @@ AllocateAlignedReservedPages (
 
   Frees the number of 4KB pages specified by Pages from the buffer specified by Buffer.  Buffer
   must have been allocated on a previous call to the aligned page allocation services of the Memory
-  Allocation Library.  If it is not possible to free allocated pages, then this function will 
+  Allocation Library.  If it is not possible to free allocated pages, then this function will
   perform no actions.
-  
+
   If Buffer was not allocated with an aligned page allocation function in the Memory Allocation
   Library, then ASSERT().
   If Pages is zero, then ASSERT().
-  
+
   @param  Buffer                Pointer to the buffer of pages to free.
   @param  Pages                 The number of 4 KB pages to free.
 
@@ -318,9 +318,9 @@ AllocateReservedZeroPool (
   AllocationSize bytes from Buffer to the newly allocated buffer, and returns a pointer to the
   allocated buffer.  If AllocationSize is 0, then a valid buffer of 0 size is returned.  If there
   is not enough memory remaining to satisfy the request, then NULL is returned.
-  
+
   If Buffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
-  If AllocationSize is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - Buffer + 1), then ASSERT(). 
+  If AllocationSize is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - Buffer + 1), then ASSERT().
 
   @param  AllocationSize        The number of bytes to allocate and zero.
   @param  Buffer                The buffer to copy to the allocated buffer.
@@ -342,9 +342,9 @@ AllocateCopyPool (
   AllocationSize bytes from Buffer to the newly allocated buffer, and returns a pointer to the
   allocated buffer.  If AllocationSize is 0, then a valid buffer of 0 size is returned.  If there
   is not enough memory remaining to satisfy the request, then NULL is returned.
-  
+
   If Buffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
-  If AllocationSize is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - Buffer + 1), then ASSERT(). 
+  If AllocationSize is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - Buffer + 1), then ASSERT().
 
   @param  AllocationSize        The number of bytes to allocate and zero.
   @param  Buffer                The buffer to copy to the allocated buffer.
@@ -366,9 +366,9 @@ AllocateRuntimeCopyPool (
   AllocationSize bytes from Buffer to the newly allocated buffer, and returns a pointer to the
   allocated buffer.  If AllocationSize is 0, then a valid buffer of 0 size is returned.  If there
   is not enough memory remaining to satisfy the request, then NULL is returned.
-  
+
   If Buffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
-  If AllocationSize is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - Buffer + 1), then ASSERT(). 
+  If AllocationSize is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - Buffer + 1), then ASSERT().
 
   @param  AllocationSize        The number of bytes to allocate and zero.
   @param  Buffer                The buffer to copy to the allocated buffer.
@@ -387,18 +387,18 @@ AllocateReservedCopyPool (
   Reallocates a buffer of type EfiBootServicesData.
 
   Allocates and zeros the number bytes specified by NewSize from memory of type
-  EfiBootServicesData.  If OldBuffer is not NULL, then the smaller of OldSize and 
-  NewSize bytes are copied from OldBuffer to the newly allocated buffer, and 
-  OldBuffer is freed.  A pointer to the newly allocated buffer is returned.  
-  If NewSize is 0, then a valid buffer of 0 size is  returned.  If there is not 
+  EfiBootServicesData.  If OldBuffer is not NULL, then the smaller of OldSize and
+  NewSize bytes are copied from OldBuffer to the newly allocated buffer, and
+  OldBuffer is freed.  A pointer to the newly allocated buffer is returned.
+  If NewSize is 0, then a valid buffer of 0 size is  returned.  If there is not
   enough memory remaining to satisfy the request, then NULL is returned.
-  
+
   If the allocation of the new buffer is successful and the smaller of NewSize and OldSize
   is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - OldBuffer + 1), then ASSERT().
 
   @param  OldSize        The size, in bytes, of OldBuffer.
   @param  NewSize        The size, in bytes, of the buffer to reallocate.
-  @param  OldBuffer      The buffer to copy to the allocated buffer.  This is an optional 
+  @param  OldBuffer      The buffer to copy to the allocated buffer.  This is an optional
                          parameter that may be NULL.
 
   @return A pointer to the allocated buffer or NULL if allocation fails.
@@ -416,10 +416,10 @@ ReallocatePool (
   Reallocates a buffer of type EfiRuntimeServicesData.
 
   Allocates and zeros the number bytes specified by NewSize from memory of type
-  EfiRuntimeServicesData.  If OldBuffer is not NULL, then the smaller of OldSize and 
-  NewSize bytes are copied from OldBuffer to the newly allocated buffer, and 
-  OldBuffer is freed.  A pointer to the newly allocated buffer is returned.  
-  If NewSize is 0, then a valid buffer of 0 size is  returned.  If there is not 
+  EfiRuntimeServicesData.  If OldBuffer is not NULL, then the smaller of OldSize and
+  NewSize bytes are copied from OldBuffer to the newly allocated buffer, and
+  OldBuffer is freed.  A pointer to the newly allocated buffer is returned.
+  If NewSize is 0, then a valid buffer of 0 size is  returned.  If there is not
   enough memory remaining to satisfy the request, then NULL is returned.
 
   If the allocation of the new buffer is successful and the smaller of NewSize and OldSize
@@ -427,7 +427,7 @@ ReallocatePool (
 
   @param  OldSize        The size, in bytes, of OldBuffer.
   @param  NewSize        The size, in bytes, of the buffer to reallocate.
-  @param  OldBuffer      The buffer to copy to the allocated buffer.  This is an optional 
+  @param  OldBuffer      The buffer to copy to the allocated buffer.  This is an optional
                          parameter that may be NULL.
 
   @return A pointer to the allocated buffer or NULL if allocation fails.
@@ -445,10 +445,10 @@ ReallocateRuntimePool (
   Reallocates a buffer of type EfiReservedMemoryType.
 
   Allocates and zeros the number bytes specified by NewSize from memory of type
-  EfiReservedMemoryType.  If OldBuffer is not NULL, then the smaller of OldSize and 
-  NewSize bytes are copied from OldBuffer to the newly allocated buffer, and 
-  OldBuffer is freed.  A pointer to the newly allocated buffer is returned.  
-  If NewSize is 0, then a valid buffer of 0 size is  returned.  If there is not 
+  EfiReservedMemoryType.  If OldBuffer is not NULL, then the smaller of OldSize and
+  NewSize bytes are copied from OldBuffer to the newly allocated buffer, and
+  OldBuffer is freed.  A pointer to the newly allocated buffer is returned.
+  If NewSize is 0, then a valid buffer of 0 size is  returned.  If there is not
   enough memory remaining to satisfy the request, then NULL is returned.
 
   If the allocation of the new buffer is successful and the smaller of NewSize and OldSize
@@ -456,7 +456,7 @@ ReallocateRuntimePool (
 
   @param  OldSize        The size, in bytes, of OldBuffer.
   @param  NewSize        The size, in bytes, of the buffer to reallocate.
-  @param  OldBuffer      The buffer to copy to the allocated buffer.  This is an optional 
+  @param  OldBuffer      The buffer to copy to the allocated buffer.  This is an optional
                          parameter that may be NULL.
 
   @return A pointer to the allocated buffer or NULL if allocation fails.
@@ -477,7 +477,7 @@ ReallocateReservedPool (
   Frees the buffer specified by Buffer.  Buffer must have been allocated on a previous call to the
   pool allocation services of the Memory Allocation Library.  If it is not possible to free pool
   resources, then this function will perform no actions.
-  
+
   If Buffer was not allocated with a pool allocation function in the Memory Allocation Library,
   then ASSERT().
 

+ 11 - 11
MdePkg/Include/Library/PalLib.h

@@ -1,22 +1,22 @@
 /** @file
   Provides library services to make PAL Calls.
-  
+
   The PAL Library provides a service to make a PAL CALL.  This service is identical
   in functionality to AsmPalCall() in the functions of the Base Library specific to Intel Itanium architecture.
   The only difference is that the PAL Entry Point is not passed in.  Implementations
   of this library class must manage PAL Entry Point on their own.  For example, a PEI
   implementation can use a PPI to lookup the PAL Entry Point, and a DXE implementation
-  can contain a constructor to look up the PAL Entry Point from a HOB.  This library class 
+  can contain a constructor to look up the PAL Entry Point from a HOB.  This library class
   is only available on Intel Itanium-based platforms.
-  
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials                          
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License         
-which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at        
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php                                            
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,                     
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.             
+
+Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+This program and the accompanying materials
+are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at
+http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
+
+THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
 
 **/
 

+ 201 - 201
MdePkg/Include/Library/PcdLib.h

@@ -8,13 +8,13 @@
   LibPatchPcdSetPtr() interface. For FeatureFlag/Fixed PCD, the macro interface is
   translated to a variable or macro that is auto-generated by build tool in
   module's autogen.h/autogen.c.
-  The PcdGetXX(), PcdSetXX(), PcdToken(), and PcdGetNextTokenSpace() operations are 
-  only available prior to ExitBootServices().  If access to PCD values are required 
+  The PcdGetXX(), PcdSetXX(), PcdToken(), and PcdGetNextTokenSpace() operations are
+  only available prior to ExitBootServices().  If access to PCD values are required
   at runtime, then their values must be collected prior to ExitBootServices().
   There are no restrictions on the use of FeaturePcd(), FixedPcdGetXX(),
   PatchPcdGetXX(), and PatchPcdSetXX().
 
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
 This program and the accompanying materials
 are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
 which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
 
   @param   TokenName  The name of the PCD token to retrieve a current value for.
 
-  @return  The Boolean value for the token. 
+  @return  The Boolean value for the token.
 
 **/
 #define FixedPcdGetBool(TokenName)          _PCD_VALUE_##TokenName
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
 
   @param   TokenName  The name of the PCD token to retrieve a current value for.
 
-  @return  A pointer to the buffer. 
+  @return  A pointer to the buffer.
 
 **/
 #define FixedPcdGetPtr(TokenName)           ((VOID *)_PCD_VALUE_##TokenName)
@@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
 
   @param   TokenName  The name of the binary patchable PCD token to set the current value for.
   @param   Value      The 8-bit value to set.
-  
+
   @return Return the Value that was set.
 
 **/
@@ -320,17 +320,17 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
 /**
   Sets a pointer to a binary patchable PCD token buffer based on a token name.
 
-  Sets the buffer for the token specified by TokenName.  Buffer is returned.  
+  Sets the buffer for the token specified by TokenName.  Buffer is returned.
   If SizeOfBuffer is greater than the maximum size supported by TokenName, then set SizeOfBuffer
-  to the maximum size supported by TokenName and return NULL to indicate that the set operation 
-  was not actually performed.  If SizeOfBuffer is set to MAX_ADDRESS, then SizeOfBuffer must be 
+  to the maximum size supported by TokenName and return NULL to indicate that the set operation
+  was not actually performed.  If SizeOfBuffer is set to MAX_ADDRESS, then SizeOfBuffer must be
   set to the maximum size supported by TokenName and NULL must be returned.
   If TokenName is not a valid token in the token space, then the module will not build.
   If TokenName is not a patchable in module PCD, then the module will not build.
-  
+
   If SizeOfBuffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
   If SizeOfBuffer > 0 and Buffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
-  
+
   @param   TokenName      The name of the binary patchable PCD token to set the current value for.
   @param   SizeOfBuffer   A pointer to the size, in bytes, of Buffer.
   @param   Buffer         Pointer to the value to set.
@@ -348,10 +348,10 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
                                               )
 /**
   Retrieves an 8-bit PCD token value based on a token name.
-  
+
   Returns the 8-bit value for the token specified by TokenName.
   If TokenName is not a valid token in the token space, then the module will not build.
-  
+
   @param   TokenName  The name of the PCD token to retrieve a current value for.
 
   @return  8-bit value for the token specified by TokenName.
@@ -460,10 +460,10 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
 
 /**
   Retrieves the size of the PCD token based on a token name.
-  
+
   Returns the size of the token specified by TokenName.
   If TokenName is not a valid token in the token space, then the module will not build.
-  
+
   @param[in]   TokenName  The name of the PCD token to retrieve a current value size for.
 
   @return      Return the size
@@ -474,11 +474,11 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
 
 /**
   Retrieve the size of a given PCD token.
-  
-  Returns the size of the token specified by TokenNumber and Guid. 
-  If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT(). 
 
-  @param[in]  Guid          Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates 
+  Returns the size of the token specified by TokenNumber and Guid.
+  If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT().
+
+  @param[in]  Guid          Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
                             which namespace to retrieve a value from.
   @param[in]  TokenNumber   The PCD token number to retrieve a current value size for.
 
@@ -496,7 +496,7 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
 
   @param   TokenName  The name of the PCD token to retrieve a current value for.
   @param   Value      The 8-bit value to set.
-  
+
   @return Return the Value that was set.
 
 **/
@@ -551,17 +551,17 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
 /**
   Sets a pointer to a PCD token buffer based on a token name.
 
-  Sets the buffer for the token specified by TokenName. Buffer is returned.  
-  If SizeOfBuffer is greater than the maximum size supported by TokenName, 
-  then set SizeOfBuffer to the maximum size supported by TokenName and return NULL 
-  to indicate that the set operation was not actually performed.  If SizeOfBuffer 
-  is set to MAX_ADDRESS, then SizeOfBuffer must be set to the maximum size supported 
+  Sets the buffer for the token specified by TokenName. Buffer is returned.
+  If SizeOfBuffer is greater than the maximum size supported by TokenName,
+  then set SizeOfBuffer to the maximum size supported by TokenName and return NULL
+  to indicate that the set operation was not actually performed.  If SizeOfBuffer
+  is set to MAX_ADDRESS, then SizeOfBuffer must be set to the maximum size supported
   by TokenName and NULL must be returned.
   If TokenName is not a valid token in the token space, then the module will not build.
-  
+
   If SizeOfBuffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
   If SizeOfBuffer > 0 and Buffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
-  
+
   @param   TokenName      The name of the PCD token to set the current value for.
   @param   SizeOfBuffer   A pointer to the size, in bytes, of Buffer.
   @param   Buffer         A pointer to the buffer to set.
@@ -571,11 +571,11 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
 **/
 #define PcdSetPtr(TokenName, SizeOfBuffer, Buffer) \
                                             _PCD_SET_MODE_PTR_##TokenName   ((SizeOfBuffer), (Buffer))
-                                            
+
 /**
   Sets a Boolean PCD token value based on a token name.
 
-  Sets the Boolean value for the token specified by TokenName. Value is returned. 
+  Sets the Boolean value for the token specified by TokenName. Value is returned.
   If TokenName is not a valid token in the token space, then the module will not build.
 
   @param   TokenName      The name of the PCD token to set the current value for.
@@ -689,9 +689,9 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
   Returns the token number for the token specified by Guid and TokenName.
   If TokenName is not a valid token in the token space, then the module will not build.
 
-  @param   Guid        Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates 
+  @param   Guid        Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
                        which namespace to retrieve a value from.
-  @param   TokenName   The name of the PCD token to retrieve a current value for.                 
+  @param   TokenName   The name of the PCD token to retrieve a current value for.
 
   @return  Return the token number.
 
@@ -702,14 +702,14 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
   Retrieves an 8-bit PCD token value based on a GUID and a token name.
 
   Returns the 8-bit value for the token specified by Guid and TokenName.
-  If TokenName is not a valid token in the token space specified by Guid, 
+  If TokenName is not a valid token in the token space specified by Guid,
   then the module will not build.
-  
+
   If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT().
 
-  @param   Guid        Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates 
+  @param   Guid        Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
                        which namespace to retrieve a value from.
-  @param   TokenName   The name of the PCD token to retrieve a current value for.                 
+  @param   TokenName   The name of the PCD token to retrieve a current value for.
 
   @return  An 8-bit PCD token value.
 
@@ -720,14 +720,14 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
   Retrieves a 16-bit PCD token value based on a GUID and a token name.
 
   Returns the 16-bit value for the token specified by Guid and TokenName.
-  If TokenName is not a valid token in the token space specified by Guid, 
+  If TokenName is not a valid token in the token space specified by Guid,
   then the module will not build.
 
   If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT().
 
-  @param   Guid        Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates 
+  @param   Guid        Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
                        which namespace to retrieve a value from.
-  @param   TokenName   The name of the PCD token to retrieve a current value for.                 
+  @param   TokenName   The name of the PCD token to retrieve a current value for.
 
   @return  A 16-bit PCD token value.
 
@@ -739,14 +739,14 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
   Retrieves a 32-bit PCD token value based on a GUID and a token name.
 
   Returns the 32-bit value for the token specified by Guid and TokenName.
-  If TokenName is not a valid token in the token space specified by Guid, 
+  If TokenName is not a valid token in the token space specified by Guid,
   then the module will not build.
 
   If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT().
 
-  @param   Guid        Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates 
+  @param   Guid        Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
                        which namespace to retrieve a value from.
-  @param   TokenName   The name of the PCD token to retrieve a current value for.                 
+  @param   TokenName   The name of the PCD token to retrieve a current value for.
 
   @return  A 32-bit PCD token value.
 
@@ -758,14 +758,14 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
   Retrieves a 64-bit PCD token value based on a GUID and a token name.
 
   Returns the 64-bit value for the token specified by Guid and TokenName.
-  If TokenName is not a valid token in the token space specified by Guid, 
+  If TokenName is not a valid token in the token space specified by Guid,
   then the module will not build.
 
   If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT().
 
-  @param   Guid        Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates 
+  @param   Guid        Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
                        which namespace to retrieve a value from.
-  @param   TokenName   The name of the PCD token to retrieve a current value for.                 
+  @param   TokenName   The name of the PCD token to retrieve a current value for.
 
   @return  A 64-bit PCD token value.
 
@@ -777,14 +777,14 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
   Retrieves a pointer to a PCD token buffer based on a GUID and a token name.
 
   Returns a pointer to the buffer for the token specified by Guid and TokenName.
-  If TokenName is not a valid token in the token space specified by Guid, 
+  If TokenName is not a valid token in the token space specified by Guid,
   then the module will not build.
 
   If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT().
 
-  @param   Guid        Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates 
+  @param   Guid        Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
                        which namespace to retrieve a value from.
-  @param   TokenName   The name of the PCD token to retrieve a current value for.                 
+  @param   TokenName   The name of the PCD token to retrieve a current value for.
 
   @return  A pointer to a PCD token buffer.
 
@@ -796,14 +796,14 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
   Retrieves a Boolean PCD token value based on a GUID and a token name.
 
   Returns the Boolean value for the token specified by Guid and TokenName.
-  If TokenName is not a valid token in the token space specified by Guid, 
+  If TokenName is not a valid token in the token space specified by Guid,
   then the module will not build.
 
   If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT().
 
-  @param   Guid        Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates 
+  @param   Guid        Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
                        which namespace to retrieve a value from.
-  @param   TokenName   The name of the PCD token to retrieve a current value for.                 
+  @param   TokenName   The name of the PCD token to retrieve a current value for.
 
   @return  A Boolean PCD token value.
 
@@ -817,15 +817,15 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
   Sets an 8-bit PCD token value based on a GUID and a token name.
 
   Sets the 8-bit value for the token specified by Guid and TokenName. Value is returned.
-  If TokenName is not a valid token in the token space specified by Guid, 
+  If TokenName is not a valid token in the token space specified by Guid,
   then the module will not build.
 
   If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT().
 
-  @param   Guid        Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates 
+  @param   Guid        Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
                        which namespace to retrieve a value from.
   @param   TokenName   The name of the PCD token to set the current value for.
-  @param   Value       The 8-bit value to set.                   
+  @param   Value       The 8-bit value to set.
 
   @return Return the Value that was set.
 
@@ -837,15 +837,15 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
   Sets a 16-bit PCD token value based on a GUID and a token name.
 
   Sets the 16-bit value for the token specified by Guid and TokenName. Value is returned.
-  If TokenName is not a valid token in the token space specified by Guid, 
+  If TokenName is not a valid token in the token space specified by Guid,
   then the module will not build.
 
   If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT().
 
-  @param   Guid        Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates 
+  @param   Guid        Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
                        which namespace to retrieve a value from.
   @param   TokenName   The name of the PCD token to set the current value for.
-  @param   Value       The 16-bit value to set.                   
+  @param   Value       The 16-bit value to set.
 
   @return Return the Value that was set.
 
@@ -857,15 +857,15 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
   Sets a 32-bit PCD token value based on a GUID and a token name.
 
   Sets the 32-bit value for the token specified by Guid and TokenName. Value is returned.
-  If TokenName is not a valid token in the token space specified by Guid, 
+  If TokenName is not a valid token in the token space specified by Guid,
   then the module will not build.
 
   If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT().
 
-  @param   Guid        Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates 
+  @param   Guid        Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
                        which namespace to retrieve a value from.
   @param   TokenName   The name of the PCD token to set the current value for.
-  @param   Value       The 32-bit value to set.                   
+  @param   Value       The 32-bit value to set.
 
   @return Return the Value that was set.
 
@@ -877,15 +877,15 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
   Sets a 64-bit PCD token value based on a GUID and a token name.
 
   Sets the 64-bit value for the token specified by Guid and TokenName. Value is returned.
-  If TokenName is not a valid token in the token space specified by Guid, 
+  If TokenName is not a valid token in the token space specified by Guid,
   then the module will not build.
 
   If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT().
 
-  @param   Guid        Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates 
+  @param   Guid        Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
   which namespace to retrieve a value from.
   @param   TokenName   The name of the PCD token to set the current value for.
-  @param   Value       The 64-bit value to set.                   
+  @param   Value       The 64-bit value to set.
 
   @return Return the Value that was set.
 
@@ -896,25 +896,25 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
 /**
   Sets a pointer to a PCD token buffer based on a GUID and a token name.
 
-  Sets the buffer for the token specified by Guid and TokenName. Buffer is returned.  
-  If SizeOfBuffer is greater than the maximum size supported by Guid and TokenName, 
-  then set SizeOfBuffer to the maximum size supported by Guid and TokenName and return 
-  NULL to indicate that the set operation was not actually performed. If SizeOfBuffer 
+  Sets the buffer for the token specified by Guid and TokenName. Buffer is returned.
+  If SizeOfBuffer is greater than the maximum size supported by Guid and TokenName,
+  then set SizeOfBuffer to the maximum size supported by Guid and TokenName and return
+  NULL to indicate that the set operation was not actually performed. If SizeOfBuffer
   is set to MAX_ADDRESS, then SizeOfBuffer must be set to the maximum size supported by
   Guid and TokenName and NULL must be returned.
-  If TokenName is not a valid token in the token space specified by Guid, 
+  If TokenName is not a valid token in the token space specified by Guid,
   then the module will not build.
-  
+
   If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT().
   If SizeOfBuffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
   If SizeOfBuffer > 0 and Buffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
 
-  @param   Guid           Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates 
+  @param   Guid           Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
                           which namespace to retrieve a value from.
   @param   TokenName      The name of the PCD token to set the current value for.
-  @param   SizeOfBuffer   A pointer to the size, in bytes, of Buffer.                  
+  @param   SizeOfBuffer   A pointer to the size, in bytes, of Buffer.
   @param   Buffer         Pointer to the buffer to set.
-    
+
   @return Return the pointer to the Buffer that was set.
 
 **/
@@ -925,20 +925,20 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
 /**
   Sets a Boolean PCD token value based on a GUID and a token name.
 
-  Sets the Boolean value for the token specified by Guid and TokenName. Value is returned. 
-  If TokenName is not a valid token in the token space specified by Guid, 
+  Sets the Boolean value for the token specified by Guid and TokenName. Value is returned.
+  If TokenName is not a valid token in the token space specified by Guid,
   then the module will not build.
 
   If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT().
 
-  @param   Guid           Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates 
+  @param   Guid           Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
                           which namespace to retrieve a value from.
-  @param   TokenName      The name of the PCD token to set the current value for.              
+  @param   TokenName      The name of the PCD token to set the current value for.
   @param   Value          The Boolean value to set.
 
   @return Return the Value that was set.
 
-**/                                         
+**/
 #define PcdSetExBool(Guid, TokenName, Value) \
                                             LibPcdSetExBool((Guid), PcdTokenEx(Guid,TokenName), (Value))
 #endif
@@ -1088,12 +1088,12 @@ LibPcdSetSku (
 
 /**
   This function provides a means by which to retrieve a value for a given PCD token.
-  
-  Returns the 8-bit value for the token specified by TokenNumber. 
+
+  Returns the 8-bit value for the token specified by TokenNumber.
 
   @param[in]  TokenNumber The PCD token number to retrieve a current value for.
 
-  @return Returns the 8-bit value for the token specified by TokenNumber. 
+  @return Returns the 8-bit value for the token specified by TokenNumber.
 
 **/
 UINT8
@@ -1105,12 +1105,12 @@ LibPcdGet8 (
 
 /**
   This function provides a means by which to retrieve a value for a given PCD token.
-  
-  Returns the 16-bit value for the token specified by TokenNumber. 
+
+  Returns the 16-bit value for the token specified by TokenNumber.
 
   @param[in]  TokenNumber The PCD token number to retrieve a current value for.
 
-  @return Returns the 16-bit value for the token specified by TokenNumber. 
+  @return Returns the 16-bit value for the token specified by TokenNumber.
 
 **/
 UINT16
@@ -1122,8 +1122,8 @@ LibPcdGet16 (
 
 /**
   This function provides a means by which to retrieve a value for a given PCD token.
-  
-  Returns the 32-bit value for the token specified by TokenNumber. 
+
+  Returns the 32-bit value for the token specified by TokenNumber.
 
   @param[in]  TokenNumber The PCD token number to retrieve a current value for.
 
@@ -1139,7 +1139,7 @@ LibPcdGet32 (
 
 /**
   This function provides a means by which to retrieve a value for a given PCD token.
-  
+
   Returns the 64-bit value for the token specified by TokenNumber.
 
   @param[in]  TokenNumber The PCD token number to retrieve a current value for.
@@ -1156,7 +1156,7 @@ LibPcdGet64 (
 
 /**
   This function provides a means by which to retrieve a value for a given PCD token.
-  
+
   Returns the pointer to the buffer of the token specified by TokenNumber.
 
   @param[in]  TokenNumber The PCD token number to retrieve a current value for.
@@ -1173,15 +1173,15 @@ LibPcdGetPtr (
 
 /**
   This function provides a means by which to retrieve a value for a given PCD token.
-  
-  Returns the Boolean value of the token specified by TokenNumber. 
+
+  Returns the Boolean value of the token specified by TokenNumber.
 
   @param[in]  TokenNumber The PCD token number to retrieve a current value for.
 
-  @return Returns the Boolean value of the token specified by TokenNumber. 
+  @return Returns the Boolean value of the token specified by TokenNumber.
 
 **/
-BOOLEAN 
+BOOLEAN
 EFIAPI
 LibPcdGetBool (
   IN UINTN             TokenNumber
@@ -1193,7 +1193,7 @@ LibPcdGetBool (
 
   @param[in]  TokenNumber The PCD token number to retrieve a current value for.
 
-  @return Returns the size of the token specified by TokenNumber. 
+  @return Returns the size of the token specified by TokenNumber.
 
 **/
 UINTN
@@ -1205,12 +1205,12 @@ LibPcdGetSize (
 
 /**
   This function provides a means by which to retrieve a value for a given PCD token.
-  
+
   Returns the 8-bit value for the token specified by TokenNumber and Guid.
-  
-  If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT(). 
 
-  @param[in]  Guid         Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates 
+  If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT().
+
+  @param[in]  Guid         Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
                            which namespace to retrieve a value from.
   @param[in]  TokenNumber  The PCD token number to retrieve a current value for.
 
@@ -1229,10 +1229,10 @@ LibPcdGetEx8 (
   This function provides a means by which to retrieve a value for a given PCD token.
 
   Returns the 16-bit value for the token specified by TokenNumber and Guid.
-  
-  If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT(). 
 
-  @param[in]  Guid         Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates 
+  If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT().
+
+  @param[in]  Guid         Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
                            which namespace to retrieve a value from.
   @param[in]  TokenNumber  The PCD token number to retrieve a current value for.
 
@@ -1249,9 +1249,9 @@ LibPcdGetEx16 (
 
 /**
   Returns the 32-bit value for the token specified by TokenNumber and Guid.
-  If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT(). 
+  If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT().
 
-  @param[in]  Guid         Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates 
+  @param[in]  Guid         Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
                            which namespace to retrieve a value from.
   @param[in]  TokenNumber  The PCD token number to retrieve a current value for.
 
@@ -1268,12 +1268,12 @@ LibPcdGetEx32 (
 
 /**
   This function provides a means by which to retrieve a value for a given PCD token.
-  
+
   Returns the 64-bit value for the token specified by TokenNumber and Guid.
-  
-  If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT(). 
 
-  @param[in]  Guid          Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates 
+  If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT().
+
+  @param[in]  Guid          Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
                             which namespace to retrieve a value from.
   @param[in]  TokenNumber   The PCD token number to retrieve a current value for.
 
@@ -1290,12 +1290,12 @@ LibPcdGetEx64 (
 
 /**
   This function provides a means by which to retrieve a value for a given PCD token.
-  
+
   Returns the pointer to the buffer of token specified by TokenNumber and Guid.
-  
-  If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT(). 
 
-  @param[in]  Guid          Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates 
+  If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT().
+
+  @param[in]  Guid          Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
                             which namespace to retrieve a value from.
   @param[in]  TokenNumber   The PCD token number to retrieve a current value for.
 
@@ -1312,12 +1312,12 @@ LibPcdGetExPtr (
 
 /**
   This function provides a means by which to retrieve a value for a given PCD token.
-  
-  Returns the Boolean value of the token specified by TokenNumber and Guid. 
-  
-  If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT(). 
 
-  @param[in]  Guid          Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates 
+  Returns the Boolean value of the token specified by TokenNumber and Guid.
+
+  If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT().
+
+  @param[in]  Guid          Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
                             which namespace to retrieve a value from.
   @param[in]  TokenNumber   The PCD token number to retrieve a current value for.
 
@@ -1334,12 +1334,12 @@ LibPcdGetExBool (
 
 /**
   This function provides a means by which to retrieve the size of a given PCD token.
-  
-  Returns the size of the token specified by TokenNumber and Guid. 
-  
-  If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT(). 
 
-  @param[in]  Guid          Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates 
+  Returns the size of the token specified by TokenNumber and Guid.
+
+  If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT().
+
+  @param[in]  Guid          Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
                             which namespace to retrieve a value from.
   @param[in]  TokenNumber   The PCD token number to retrieve a current value for.
 
@@ -1357,8 +1357,8 @@ LibPcdGetExSize (
 #ifndef DISABLE_NEW_DEPRECATED_INTERFACES
 /**
   This function provides a means by which to set a value for a given PCD token.
-  
-  Sets the 8-bit value for the token specified by TokenNumber 
+
+  Sets the 8-bit value for the token specified by TokenNumber
   to the value specified by Value.  Value is returned.
 
   @param[in]  TokenNumber   The PCD token number to set a current value for.
@@ -1377,8 +1377,8 @@ LibPcdSet8 (
 
 /**
   This function provides a means by which to set a value for a given PCD token.
-  
-  Sets the 16-bit value for the token specified by TokenNumber 
+
+  Sets the 16-bit value for the token specified by TokenNumber
   to the value specified by Value.  Value is returned.
 
   @param[in]  TokenNumber   The PCD token number to set a current value for.
@@ -1397,8 +1397,8 @@ LibPcdSet16 (
 
 /**
   This function provides a means by which to set a value for a given PCD token.
-  
-  Sets the 32-bit value for the token specified by TokenNumber 
+
+  Sets the 32-bit value for the token specified by TokenNumber
   to the value specified by Value.  Value is returned.
 
   @param[in]  TokenNumber   The PCD token number to set a current value for.
@@ -1417,8 +1417,8 @@ LibPcdSet32 (
 
 /**
   This function provides a means by which to set a value for a given PCD token.
-  
-  Sets the 64-bit value for the token specified by TokenNumber 
+
+  Sets the 64-bit value for the token specified by TokenNumber
   to the value specified by Value.  Value is returned.
 
   @param[in]  TokenNumber   The PCD token number to set a current value for.
@@ -1437,19 +1437,19 @@ LibPcdSet64 (
 
 /**
   This function provides a means by which to set a value for a given PCD token.
-  
-  Sets a buffer for the token specified by TokenNumber to the value 
-  specified by Buffer and SizeOfBuffer.  Buffer is returned.  
-  If SizeOfBuffer is greater than the maximum size support by TokenNumber, 
-  then set SizeOfBuffer to the maximum size supported by TokenNumber and 
+
+  Sets a buffer for the token specified by TokenNumber to the value
+  specified by Buffer and SizeOfBuffer.  Buffer is returned.
+  If SizeOfBuffer is greater than the maximum size support by TokenNumber,
+  then set SizeOfBuffer to the maximum size supported by TokenNumber and
   return NULL to indicate that the set operation was not actually performed.
 
-  If SizeOfBuffer is set to MAX_ADDRESS, then SizeOfBuffer must be set to the 
+  If SizeOfBuffer is set to MAX_ADDRESS, then SizeOfBuffer must be set to the
   maximum size supported by TokenName and NULL must be returned.
-  
+
   If SizeOfBuffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
   If SizeOfBuffer > 0 and Buffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
-  
+
   @param[in]      TokenNumber   The PCD token number to set a current value for.
   @param[in, out] SizeOfBuffer  The size, in bytes, of Buffer.
   @param[in]      Buffer        A pointer to the buffer to set.
@@ -1468,8 +1468,8 @@ LibPcdSetPtr (
 
 /**
   This function provides a means by which to set a value for a given PCD token.
-  
-  Sets the Boolean value for the token specified by TokenNumber 
+
+  Sets the Boolean value for the token specified by TokenNumber
   to the value specified by Value.  Value is returned.
 
   @param[in]  TokenNumber   The PCD token number to set a current value for.
@@ -1488,13 +1488,13 @@ LibPcdSetBool (
 
 /**
   This function provides a means by which to set a value for a given PCD token.
-  
-  Sets the 8-bit value for the token specified by TokenNumber and 
+
+  Sets the 8-bit value for the token specified by TokenNumber and
   Guid to the value specified by Value. Value is returned.
 
   If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT().
 
-  @param[in]  Guid          Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that 
+  @param[in]  Guid          Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that
                             designates which namespace to set a value from.
   @param[in]  TokenNumber   The PCD token number to set a current value for.
   @param[in]  Value         The 8-bit value to set.
@@ -1513,13 +1513,13 @@ LibPcdSetEx8 (
 
 /**
   This function provides a means by which to set a value for a given PCD token.
-  
-  Sets the 16-bit value for the token specified by TokenNumber and 
+
+  Sets the 16-bit value for the token specified by TokenNumber and
   Guid to the value specified by Value. Value is returned.
 
   If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT().
 
-  @param[in]  Guid          Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that 
+  @param[in]  Guid          Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that
                             designates which namespace to set a value from.
   @param[in]  TokenNumber   The PCD token number to set a current value for.
   @param[in]  Value         The 16-bit value to set.
@@ -1538,13 +1538,13 @@ LibPcdSetEx16 (
 
 /**
   This function provides a means by which to set a value for a given PCD token.
-  
-  Sets the 32-bit value for the token specified by TokenNumber and 
+
+  Sets the 32-bit value for the token specified by TokenNumber and
   Guid to the value specified by Value. Value is returned.
 
   If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT().
 
-  @param[in]  Guid          Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that 
+  @param[in]  Guid          Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that
                             designates which namespace to set a value from.
   @param[in]  TokenNumber   The PCD token number to set a current value for.
   @param[in]  Value         The 32-bit value to set.
@@ -1563,13 +1563,13 @@ LibPcdSetEx32 (
 
 /**
   This function provides a means by which to set a value for a given PCD token.
-  
-  Sets the 64-bit value for the token specified by TokenNumber and 
+
+  Sets the 64-bit value for the token specified by TokenNumber and
   Guid to the value specified by Value. Value is returned.
 
   If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT().
 
-  @param[in]  Guid          Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that 
+  @param[in]  Guid          Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that
                             designates which namespace to set a value from.
   @param[in]  TokenNumber   The PCD token number to set a current value for.
   @param[in]  Value         The 64-bit value to set.
@@ -1588,18 +1588,18 @@ LibPcdSetEx64 (
 
 /**
   This function provides a means by which to set a value for a given PCD token.
-  
-  Sets a buffer for the token specified by TokenNumber to the value specified by 
-  Buffer and SizeOfBuffer.  Buffer is returned.  If SizeOfBuffer is greater than 
-  the maximum size support by TokenNumber, then set SizeOfBuffer to the maximum size 
-  supported by TokenNumber and return NULL to indicate that the set operation 
+
+  Sets a buffer for the token specified by TokenNumber to the value specified by
+  Buffer and SizeOfBuffer.  Buffer is returned.  If SizeOfBuffer is greater than
+  the maximum size support by TokenNumber, then set SizeOfBuffer to the maximum size
+  supported by TokenNumber and return NULL to indicate that the set operation
   was not actually performed.
-  
+
   If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT().
   If SizeOfBuffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
   If SizeOfBuffer > 0 and Buffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
-  
-  @param[in]  Guid              Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that 
+
+  @param[in]  Guid              Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that
                                 designates which namespace to set a value from.
   @param[in]  TokenNumber       The PCD token number to set a current value for.
   @param[in, out] SizeOfBuffer  The size, in bytes, of Buffer.
@@ -1620,13 +1620,13 @@ LibPcdSetExPtr (
 
 /**
   This function provides a means by which to set a value for a given PCD token.
-  
-  Sets the Boolean value for the token specified by TokenNumber and 
+
+  Sets the Boolean value for the token specified by TokenNumber and
   Guid to the value specified by Value. Value is returned.
 
   If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT().
 
-  @param[in]  Guid          Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that 
+  @param[in]  Guid          Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that
                             designates which namespace to set a value from.
   @param[in]  TokenNumber   The PCD token number to set a current value for.
   @param[in]  Value         The Boolean value to set.
@@ -1927,7 +1927,7 @@ LibPcdSetExBoolS (
   Secondly, it provides a mechanism for the module that did the registration to intercept
   the set operation and override the value been set if necessary. After the invocation of
   the callback function, TokenData will be used by PCD service PEIM or driver to modify th
-  internal data in PCD database. 
+  internal data in PCD database.
 
   @param[in]      CallBackGuid    The PCD token GUID being set.
   @param[in]      CallBackToken   The PCD token number being set.
@@ -1947,17 +1947,17 @@ VOID
 
 /**
   Set up a notification function that is called when a specified token is set.
-  
-  When the token specified by TokenNumber and Guid is set, 
-  then notification function specified by NotificationFunction is called.  
+
+  When the token specified by TokenNumber and Guid is set,
+  then notification function specified by NotificationFunction is called.
   If Guid is NULL, then the default token space is used.
   If NotificationFunction is NULL, then ASSERT().
 
-  @param[in]  Guid                  Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates which 
-                                    namespace to set a value from.  If NULL, then the default 
+  @param[in]  Guid                  Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates which
+                                    namespace to set a value from.  If NULL, then the default
                                     token space is used.
   @param[in]  TokenNumber           The PCD token number to monitor.
-  @param[in]  NotificationFunction  The function to call when the token 
+  @param[in]  NotificationFunction  The function to call when the token
                                     specified by Guid and TokenNumber is set.
 
 **/
@@ -1972,12 +1972,12 @@ LibPcdCallbackOnSet (
 
 /**
   Disable a notification function that was established with LibPcdCallbackonSet().
-  
+
   Disable a notification function that was previously established with LibPcdCallbackOnSet().
   If NotificationFunction is NULL, then ASSERT().
-  If LibPcdCallbackOnSet() was not previously called with Guid, TokenNumber, 
+  If LibPcdCallbackOnSet() was not previously called with Guid, TokenNumber,
   and NotificationFunction, then ASSERT().
-  
+
   @param[in]  Guid                 Specify the GUID token space.
   @param[in]  TokenNumber          Specify the token number.
   @param[in]  NotificationFunction The callback function to be unregistered.
@@ -1994,24 +1994,24 @@ LibPcdCancelCallback (
 
 /**
   Retrieves the next token in a token space.
-  
-  Retrieves the next PCD token number from the token space specified by Guid.  
-  If Guid is NULL, then the default token space is used.  If TokenNumber is 0, 
-  then the first token number is returned.  Otherwise, the token number that 
-  follows TokenNumber in the token space is returned.  If TokenNumber is the last 
-  token number in the token space, then 0 is returned.  
-  
+
+  Retrieves the next PCD token number from the token space specified by Guid.
+  If Guid is NULL, then the default token space is used.  If TokenNumber is 0,
+  then the first token number is returned.  Otherwise, the token number that
+  follows TokenNumber in the token space is returned.  If TokenNumber is the last
+  token number in the token space, then 0 is returned.
+
   If TokenNumber is not 0 and is not in the token space specified by Guid, then ASSERT().
 
-  @param[in]  Guid        Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates which namespace 
+  @param[in]  Guid        Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates which namespace
                           to set a value from.  If NULL, then the default token space is used.
-  @param[in]  TokenNumber The previous PCD token number.  If 0, then retrieves the first PCD 
+  @param[in]  TokenNumber The previous PCD token number.  If 0, then retrieves the first PCD
                           token number.
 
   @return The next valid token number.
 
 **/
-UINTN           
+UINTN
 EFIAPI
 LibPcdGetNextToken (
   IN CONST GUID               *Guid,       OPTIONAL
@@ -2022,12 +2022,12 @@ LibPcdGetNextToken (
 
 /**
   Used to retrieve the list of available PCD token space GUIDs.
-  
+
   Returns the PCD token space GUID that follows TokenSpaceGuid in the list of token spaces
   in the platform.
   If TokenSpaceGuid is NULL, then a pointer to the first PCD token spaces returned.
   If TokenSpaceGuid is the last PCD token space GUID in the list, then NULL is returned.
-  
+
   @param  TokenSpaceGuid  Pointer to the a PCD token space GUID
 
   @return The next valid token namespace.
@@ -2042,24 +2042,24 @@ LibPcdGetNextTokenSpace (
 
 /**
   Sets a value of a patchable PCD entry that is type pointer.
-  
-  Sets the PCD entry specified by PatchVariable to the value specified by Buffer 
-  and SizeOfBuffer.  Buffer is returned.  If SizeOfBuffer is greater than 
-  MaximumDatumSize, then set SizeOfBuffer to MaximumDatumSize and return 
-  NULL to indicate that the set operation was not actually performed.  
-  If SizeOfBuffer is set to MAX_ADDRESS, then SizeOfBuffer must be set to 
+
+  Sets the PCD entry specified by PatchVariable to the value specified by Buffer
+  and SizeOfBuffer.  Buffer is returned.  If SizeOfBuffer is greater than
+  MaximumDatumSize, then set SizeOfBuffer to MaximumDatumSize and return
+  NULL to indicate that the set operation was not actually performed.
+  If SizeOfBuffer is set to MAX_ADDRESS, then SizeOfBuffer must be set to
   MaximumDatumSize and NULL must be returned.
-  
+
   If PatchVariable is NULL, then ASSERT().
   If SizeOfBuffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
   If SizeOfBuffer > 0 and Buffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
 
-  @param[out] PatchVariable     A pointer to the global variable in a module that is 
+  @param[out] PatchVariable     A pointer to the global variable in a module that is
                                 the target of the set operation.
   @param[in] MaximumDatumSize   The maximum size allowed for the PCD entry specified by PatchVariable.
   @param[in, out] SizeOfBuffer  A pointer to the size, in bytes, of Buffer.
   @param[in] Buffer             A pointer to the buffer to used to set the target variable.
-  
+
   @return Return the pointer to the Buffer that was set.
 
 **/
@@ -2091,7 +2091,7 @@ LibPatchPcdSetPtr (
   @param[in] MaximumDatumSize   The maximum size allowed for the PCD entry specified by PatchVariable.
   @param[in, out] SizeOfBuffer  A pointer to the size, in bytes, of Buffer.
   @param[in] Buffer             A pointer to the buffer to used to set the target variable.
-  
+
   @return The status of the set operation.
 
 **/
@@ -2106,26 +2106,26 @@ LibPatchPcdSetPtrS (
 
 /**
   Sets a value and size of a patchable PCD entry that is type pointer.
-  
-  Sets the PCD entry specified by PatchVariable to the value specified by Buffer 
-  and SizeOfBuffer. Buffer is returned.  If SizeOfBuffer is greater than 
-  MaximumDatumSize, then set SizeOfBuffer to MaximumDatumSize and return 
-  NULL to indicate that the set operation was not actually performed.  
-  If SizeOfBuffer is set to MAX_ADDRESS, then SizeOfBuffer must be set to 
+
+  Sets the PCD entry specified by PatchVariable to the value specified by Buffer
+  and SizeOfBuffer. Buffer is returned.  If SizeOfBuffer is greater than
+  MaximumDatumSize, then set SizeOfBuffer to MaximumDatumSize and return
+  NULL to indicate that the set operation was not actually performed.
+  If SizeOfBuffer is set to MAX_ADDRESS, then SizeOfBuffer must be set to
   MaximumDatumSize and NULL must be returned.
-  
+
   If PatchVariable is NULL, then ASSERT().
   If SizeOfPatchVariable is NULL, then ASSERT().
   If SizeOfBuffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
   If SizeOfBuffer > 0 and Buffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
 
-  @param[out] PatchVariable     A pointer to the global variable in a module that is 
+  @param[out] PatchVariable     A pointer to the global variable in a module that is
                                 the target of the set operation.
   @param[out] SizeOfPatchVariable A pointer to the size, in bytes, of PatchVariable.
   @param[in] MaximumDatumSize   The maximum size allowed for the PCD entry specified by PatchVariable.
   @param[in, out] SizeOfBuffer  A pointer to the size, in bytes, of Buffer.
   @param[in] Buffer             A pointer to the buffer to used to set the target variable.
-  
+
   @return Return the pointer to the Buffer that was set.
 
 **/
@@ -2160,7 +2160,7 @@ LibPatchPcdSetPtrAndSize (
   @param[in] MaximumDatumSize   The maximum size allowed for the PCD entry specified by PatchVariable.
   @param[in, out] SizeOfBuffer  A pointer to the size, in bytes, of Buffer.
   @param[in] Buffer             A pointer to the buffer to used to set the target variable.
-  
+
   @return The status of the set operation.
 
 **/

+ 10 - 10
MdePkg/Include/Library/PciCf8Lib.h

@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 /** @file
   Provides services to access PCI Configuration Space using the I/O ports 0xCF8 and 0xCFC.
-  
-  This library is identical to the PCI Library, except the access method for performing PCI 
-  configuration cycles must be through I/O ports 0xCF8 and 0xCFC.  This library only allows 
+
+  This library is identical to the PCI Library, except the access method for performing PCI
+  configuration cycles must be through I/O ports 0xCF8 and 0xCFC.  This library only allows
   access to PCI Segment #0.
 
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2012, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
 This program and the accompanying materials
 are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
 which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -40,20 +40,20 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
   (((Offset) & 0xfff) | (((Function) & 0x07) << 12) | (((Device) & 0x1f) << 15) | (((Bus) & 0xff) << 20))
 
 /**
-  Registers a PCI device so PCI configuration registers may be accessed after 
+  Registers a PCI device so PCI configuration registers may be accessed after
   SetVirtualAddressMap().
-  
-  Registers the PCI device specified by Address so all the PCI configuration registers 
+
+  Registers the PCI device specified by Address so all the PCI configuration registers
   associated with that PCI device may be accessed after SetVirtualAddressMap() is called.
-  
+
   If Address > 0x0FFFFFFF, then ASSERT().
   If the register specified by Address >= 0x100, then ASSERT().
 
   @param  Address Address that encodes the PCI Bus, Device, Function and
                   Register.
-  
+
   @retval RETURN_SUCCESS           The PCI device was registered for runtime access.
-  @retval RETURN_UNSUPPORTED       An attempt was made to call this function 
+  @retval RETURN_UNSUPPORTED       An attempt was made to call this function
                                    after ExitBootServices().
   @retval RETURN_UNSUPPORTED       The resources required to access the PCI device
                                    at runtime could not be mapped.

+ 9 - 9
MdePkg/Include/Library/PciExpressLib.h

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /** @file
   Provides services to access PCI Configuration Space using the MMIO PCI Express window.
-  
-  This library is identical to the PCI Library, except the access method for performing PCI 
+
+  This library is identical to the PCI Library, except the access method for performing PCI
   configuration cycles must be through the 256 MB PCI Express MMIO window whose base address
   is defined by PcdPciExpressBaseAddress.
 
@@ -40,20 +40,20 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
 #define PCI_EXPRESS_LIB_ADDRESS(Bus,Device,Function,Offset) PCI_ECAM_ADDRESS ((Bus), (Device), (Function), (Offset))
 
 /**
-  Registers a PCI device so PCI configuration registers may be accessed after 
+  Registers a PCI device so PCI configuration registers may be accessed after
   SetVirtualAddressMap().
-  
-  Registers the PCI device specified by Address so all the PCI configuration 
-  registers associated with that PCI device may be accessed after SetVirtualAddressMap() 
+
+  Registers the PCI device specified by Address so all the PCI configuration
+  registers associated with that PCI device may be accessed after SetVirtualAddressMap()
   is called.
-  
+
   If Address > 0x0FFFFFFF, then ASSERT().
 
   @param  Address Address that encodes the PCI Bus, Device, Function and
                   Register.
-  
+
   @retval RETURN_SUCCESS           The PCI device was registered for runtime access.
-  @retval RETURN_UNSUPPORTED       An attempt was made to call this function 
+  @retval RETURN_UNSUPPORTED       An attempt was made to call this function
                                    after ExitBootServices().
   @retval RETURN_UNSUPPORTED       The resources required to access the PCI device
                                    at runtime could not be mapped.

+ 15 - 15
MdePkg/Include/Library/PciLib.h

@@ -1,16 +1,16 @@
 /** @file
   Provides services to access PCI Configuration Space.
-  
-  These functions perform PCI configuration cycles using the default PCI configuration 
-  access method. This may use I/O ports 0xCF8 and 0xCFC to perform PCI configuration accesses, 
-  or it may use MMIO registers relative to the PcdPciExpressBaseAddress, or it may use some 
-  alternate access method.  Modules will typically use the PCI Library for its PCI configuration 
-  accesses.  However, if a module requires a mix of PCI access methods, the PCI CF8 Library or 
-  PCI Express Library may be used in conjunction with the PCI Library.  The functionality of 
-  these three libraries is identical.  The PCI CF8 Library and PCI Express Library simply use 
+
+  These functions perform PCI configuration cycles using the default PCI configuration
+  access method. This may use I/O ports 0xCF8 and 0xCFC to perform PCI configuration accesses,
+  or it may use MMIO registers relative to the PcdPciExpressBaseAddress, or it may use some
+  alternate access method.  Modules will typically use the PCI Library for its PCI configuration
+  accesses.  However, if a module requires a mix of PCI access methods, the PCI CF8 Library or
+  PCI Express Library may be used in conjunction with the PCI Library.  The functionality of
+  these three libraries is identical.  The PCI CF8 Library and PCI Express Library simply use
   explicit access methods.
 
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2012, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
 This program and the accompanying materials
 are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
 which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -41,19 +41,19 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
   (((Register) & 0xfff) | (((Function) & 0x07) << 12) | (((Device) & 0x1f) << 15) | (((Bus) & 0xff) << 20))
 
 /**
-  Registers a PCI device so PCI configuration registers may be accessed after 
+  Registers a PCI device so PCI configuration registers may be accessed after
   SetVirtualAddressMap().
-  
-  Registers the PCI device specified by Address so all the PCI configuration registers 
+
+  Registers the PCI device specified by Address so all the PCI configuration registers
   associated with that PCI device may be accessed after SetVirtualAddressMap() is called.
-  
+
   If Address > 0x0FFFFFFF, then ASSERT().
 
   @param  Address Address that encodes the PCI Bus, Device, Function and
                   Register.
-  
+
   @retval RETURN_SUCCESS           The PCI device was registered for runtime access.
-  @retval RETURN_UNSUPPORTED       An attempt was made to call this function 
+  @retval RETURN_UNSUPPORTED       An attempt was made to call this function
                                    after ExitBootServices().
   @retval RETURN_UNSUPPORTED       The resources required to access the PCI device
                                    at runtime could not be mapped.

+ 15 - 15
MdePkg/Include/Library/PciSegmentLib.h

@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 /** @file
   Provides services to access PCI Configuration Space on a platform with multiple PCI segments.
-  
+
   The PCI Segment Library function provide services to read, write, and modify the PCI configuration
-  registers on PCI root bridges on any supported PCI segment.  These library services take a single 
-  address parameter that encodes the PCI Segment, PCI Bus, PCI Device, PCI Function, and PCI Register.  
+  registers on PCI root bridges on any supported PCI segment.  These library services take a single
+  address parameter that encodes the PCI Segment, PCI Bus, PCI Device, PCI Function, and PCI Register.
   The layout of this address parameter is as follows:
-  
+
             PCI Register: Bits 0..11
             PCI Function  Bits 12..14
             PCI Device  Bits 15..19
@@ -13,17 +13,17 @@
             Reserved  Bits 28..31.  Must be 0.
             PCI Segment Bits 32..47
             Reserved  Bits 48..63.  Must be 0.
-            
+
   | Reserved (MBZ) | Segment | Reserved (MBZ) |     Bus     | Device | Function | Register |
   63             48  47    32  31           28 27         20 19    15 14      12 11         0
 
-  These functions perform PCI configuration cycles using the default PCI configuration access 
-  method.  This may use I/O ports 0xCF8 and 0xCFC to perform PCI configuration accesses, or it 
-  may use MMIO registers relative to the PcdPciExpressBaseAddress, or it may use some alternate 
-  access method.  Modules will typically use the PCI Segment Library for its PCI configuration 
-  accesses when PCI Segments other than Segment #0 must be accessed.  
+  These functions perform PCI configuration cycles using the default PCI configuration access
+  method.  This may use I/O ports 0xCF8 and 0xCFC to perform PCI configuration accesses, or it
+  may use MMIO registers relative to the PcdPciExpressBaseAddress, or it may use some alternate
+  access method.  Modules will typically use the PCI Segment Library for its PCI configuration
+  accesses when PCI Segments other than Segment #0 must be accessed.
 
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
 This program and the accompanying materials
 are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
 which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -71,16 +71,16 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
   )
 
 /**
-  Register a PCI device so PCI configuration registers may be accessed after 
+  Register a PCI device so PCI configuration registers may be accessed after
   SetVirtualAddressMap().
-  
+
   If any reserved bits in Address are set, then ASSERT().
 
   @param  Address Address that encodes the PCI Bus, Device, Function and
                   Register.
-  
+
   @retval RETURN_SUCCESS           The PCI device was registered for runtime access.
-  @retval RETURN_UNSUPPORTED       An attempt was made to call this function 
+  @retval RETURN_UNSUPPORTED       An attempt was made to call this function
                                    after ExitBootServices().
   @retval RETURN_UNSUPPORTED       The resources required to access the PCI device
                                    at runtime could not be mapped.

Some files were not shown because too many files changed in this diff